Merge branch '4.6' of git@scm.dev.nokia.troll.no:qt/qt into 4.6

Conflicts:
	dist/changes-4.6.0

148 files changed, 2742 insertions, 1172 deletions

diff --git a/src/gui/accessible/qaccessible.h b/src/gui/accessible/qaccessible.h
index 8f6d9d9..c493054 100644
--- a/src/gui/accessible/qaccessible.h
+++ b/src/gui/accessible/qaccessible.h
@@ -311,7 +311,8 @@ namespace QAccessible2
         EditableTextInterface,
         ValueInterface,
         TableInterface,
-        ActionInterface
+        ActionInterface,
+        ImageInterface
     };
 }
 
@@ -321,6 +322,7 @@ class QAccessibleEditableTextInterface;
 class QAccessibleValueInterface;
 class QAccessibleTableInterface;
 class QAccessibleActionInterface;
+class QAccessibleImageInterface;
 
 class Q_GUI_EXPORT QAccessibleInterface : public QAccessible
 {
@@ -381,6 +383,9 @@ public:
     inline QAccessibleActionInterface *actionInterface()
     { return reinterpret_cast<QAccessibleActionInterface *>(cast_helper(QAccessible2::ActionInterface)); }
 
+    inline QAccessibleImageInterface *imageInterface()
+    { return reinterpret_cast<QAccessibleImageInterface *>(cast_helper(QAccessible2::ImageInterface)); }
+
 private:
     QAccessible2Interface *cast_helper(QAccessible2::InterfaceType);
 };
diff --git a/src/gui/accessible/qaccessible2.cpp b/src/gui/accessible/qaccessible2.cpp
index 0867368..b878cf1 100644
--- a/src/gui/accessible/qaccessible2.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/accessible/qaccessible2.cpp
@@ -120,6 +120,18 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \link http://www.linux-foundation.org/en/Accessibility/IAccessible2 IAccessible2 Specification \endlink
 */
 
+/*!
+    \class QAccessibleImageInterface
+    \ingroup accessibility
+    \internal
+    \preliminary
+
+    \brief The QAccessibleImageInterface class implements support for
+    the IAccessibleImage interface.
+
+    \link http://www.linux-foundation.org/en/Accessibility/IAccessible2 IAccessible2 Specification \endlink
+*/
+
 QAccessibleSimpleEditableTextInterface::QAccessibleSimpleEditableTextInterface(
                 QAccessibleInterface *accessibleInterface)
     : iface(accessibleInterface)
diff --git a/src/gui/accessible/qaccessible2.h b/src/gui/accessible/qaccessible2.h
index 435c640..ba12a7c 100644
--- a/src/gui/accessible/qaccessible2.h
+++ b/src/gui/accessible/qaccessible2.h
@@ -82,6 +82,7 @@ inline QAccessible2Interface *qAccessibleTextCastHelper() { return 0; }
 inline QAccessible2Interface *qAccessibleEditableTextCastHelper() { return 0; }
 inline QAccessible2Interface *qAccessibleTableCastHelper() { return 0; }
 inline QAccessible2Interface *qAccessibleActionCastHelper() { return 0; }
+inline QAccessible2Interface *qAccessibleImageCastHelper() { return 0; }
 
 #define Q_ACCESSIBLE_OBJECT \
     public: \
@@ -98,6 +99,8 @@ inline QAccessible2Interface *qAccessibleActionCastHelper() { return 0; }
             return qAccessibleTableCastHelper(); \
         case QAccessible2::ActionInterface: \
             return qAccessibleActionCastHelper(); \
+        case QAccessible2::ImageInterface: \
+            return qAccessibleImageCastHelper(); \
         } \
         return 0; \
     } \
@@ -224,6 +227,16 @@ public:
     virtual QStringList keyBindings(int actionIndex) = 0;
 };
 
+class Q_GUI_EXPORT QAccessibleImageInterface : public QAccessible2Interface
+{
+public:
+    inline QAccessible2Interface *qAccessibleImageCastHelper() { return this; }
+
+    virtual QString imageDescription() = 0;
+    virtual QSize imageSize() = 0;
+    virtual QRect imagePosition(QAccessible2::CoordinateType coordType) = 0;
+};
+
 #endif // QT_NO_ACCESSIBILITY
 
 QT_END_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/src/gui/dialogs/qcolordialog_mac.mm b/src/gui/dialogs/qcolordialog_mac.mm
index 9e4fdd1..5f074c0 100644
--- a/src/gui/dialogs/qcolordialog_mac.mm
+++ b/src/gui/dialogs/qcolordialog_mac.mm
@@ -252,15 +252,20 @@ QT_USE_NAMESPACE
     delete mQtColor;
     mQtColor = new QColor();
     NSColor *color = [mColorPanel color];
-    NSString *colorSpace = [color colorSpaceName];
-    if (colorSpace == NSDeviceCMYKColorSpace) {
-        CGFloat cyan, magenta, yellow, black, alpha;
+    NSString *colorSpaceName = [color colorSpaceName];
+    if (colorSpaceName == NSDeviceCMYKColorSpace) {
+        CGFloat cyan = 0, magenta = 0, yellow = 0, black = 0, alpha = 0;
         [color getCyan:&cyan magenta:&magenta yellow:&yellow black:&black alpha:&alpha];
         mQtColor->setCmykF(cyan, magenta, yellow, black, alpha);
-    } else if (colorSpace == NSCalibratedRGBColorSpace || colorSpace == NSDeviceRGBColorSpace)  {
-        CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha;
+    } else if (colorSpaceName == NSCalibratedRGBColorSpace || colorSpaceName == NSDeviceRGBColorSpace)  {
+        CGFloat red = 0, green = 0, blue = 0, alpha = 0;
         [color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha];
         mQtColor->setRgbF(red, green, blue, alpha);
+    } else if (colorSpaceName == NSNamedColorSpace) {
+        NSColor *tmpColor = [color colorUsingColorSpaceName:NSCalibratedRGBColorSpace];
+        CGFloat red = 0, green = 0, blue = 0, alpha = 0;
+        [tmpColor getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha];
+        mQtColor->setRgbF(red, green, blue, alpha);
     } else {
         NSColorSpace *colorSpace = [color colorSpace];
         if ([colorSpace colorSpaceModel] == NSCMYKColorSpaceModel && [color numberOfComponents] == 5){
@@ -269,7 +274,7 @@ QT_USE_NAMESPACE
             mQtColor->setCmykF(components[0], components[1], components[2], components[3], components[4]);
         } else {
             NSColor *tmpColor = [color colorUsingColorSpaceName:NSCalibratedRGBColorSpace];
-            CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha;
+            CGFloat red = 0, green = 0, blue = 0, alpha = 0;
             [tmpColor getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha];
             mQtColor->setRgbF(red, green, blue, alpha);
         }
@@ -319,7 +324,18 @@ QT_USE_NAMESPACE
     QBoolBlocker nativeDialogOnTop(QApplicationPrivate::native_modal_dialog_active);
     QMacCocoaAutoReleasePool pool;
     mDialogIsExecuting = true;
-    [NSApp runModalForWindow:mColorPanel];
+    bool modalEnded = false;
+    while (!modalEnded) {
+        @try {
+            [NSApp runModalForWindow:mColorPanel];
+            modalEnded = true;
+        } @catch (NSException *) {
+            // For some reason, NSColorPanel throws an exception when
+            // clicking on 'SelectedMenuItemColor' from the 'Developer'
+            // palette (tab three).
+        }
+    }
+
     QAbstractEventDispatcher::instance()->interrupt();
     if (mResultCode == NSCancelButton)
         mPriv->colorDialog()->reject();
diff --git a/src/gui/dialogs/qprintpreviewdialog.cpp b/src/gui/dialogs/qprintpreviewdialog.cpp
index 4cb0c93..1f0b51d 100644
--- a/src/gui/dialogs/qprintpreviewdialog.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/dialogs/qprintpreviewdialog.cpp
@@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ void QPrintPreviewDialogPrivate::setFitting(bool on)
 void QPrintPreviewDialogPrivate::updateNavActions()
 {
     int curPage = preview->currentPage();
-    int numPages = preview->numPages();
+    int numPages = preview->pageCount();
     nextPageAction->setEnabled(curPage < numPages);
     prevPageAction->setEnabled(curPage > 1);
     firstPageAction->setEnabled(curPage > 1);
@@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ void QPrintPreviewDialogPrivate::updatePageNumLabel()
 {
     Q_Q(QPrintPreviewDialog);
 
-    int numPages = preview->numPages();
+    int numPages = preview->pageCount();
     int maxChars = QString::number(numPages).length();
     pageNumLabel->setText(QString::fromLatin1("/ %1").arg(numPages));
     int cyphersWidth = q->fontMetrics().width(QString().fill(QLatin1Char('8'), maxChars));
@@ -515,7 +515,7 @@ void QPrintPreviewDialogPrivate::_q_navigate(QAction* action)
     else if (action == firstPageAction)
         preview->setCurrentPage(1);
     else if (action == lastPageAction)
-        preview->setCurrentPage(preview->numPages());
+        preview->setCurrentPage(preview->pageCount());
     updateNavActions();
 }
 
diff --git a/src/gui/effects/qgraphicseffect.cpp b/src/gui/effects/qgraphicseffect.cpp
index 7f83063..3fca319 100644
--- a/src/gui/effects/qgraphicseffect.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/effects/qgraphicseffect.cpp
@@ -67,7 +67,17 @@
     \o QGraphicsOpacityEffect - renders the item with an opacity
     \endlist
 
-    \img graphicseffect-effects.png
+    \table
+    \row
+    \o{2,1} \img graphicseffect-plain.png
+    \row
+    \o \img graphicseffect-blur.png
+    \o \img graphicseffect-colorize.png
+    \row
+    \o \img graphicseffect-opacity.png
+    \o \img graphicseffect-drop-shadow.png
+    \endtable
+
     \img graphicseffect-widget.png
 
     For more information on how to use each effect, refer to the specific
@@ -76,24 +86,21 @@
     To create your own custom effect, create a subclass of QGraphicsEffect (or
     any other existing effects) and reimplement the virtual function draw().
     This function is called whenever the effect needs to redraw. The draw()
-    function accepts two arguments: the painter and a pointer to the source
-    (QGraphicsEffectSource). The source provides extra context information,
-    such as a pointer to the item that is rendering the effect, any cached
-    pixmap data, or the device rectangle bounds. For more information, refer to
-    the documenation for draw(). To obtain a pointer to the current source,
-    simply call source().
+    function takes the painter with which to draw as an argument. For more
+    information, refer to the documenation for draw(). In the draw() function
+    you can call sourcePixmap() to get a pixmap of the graphics effect source
+    which you can then process.
 
     If your effect changes, use update() to request for a redraw. If your
     custom effect changes the bounding rectangle of the source, e.g., a radial
     glow effect may need to apply an extra margin, you can reimplement the
-    virtual boundingRectFor() function, and call updateBoundingRect() to notify
-    the framework whenever this rectangle changes. The virtual
-    sourceBoundingRectChanged() function is called to notify the effects that
-    the source's bounding rectangle has changed - e.g., if the source is a
+    virtual boundingRectFor() function, and call updateBoundingRect()
+    to notify the framework whenever this rectangle changes. The virtual
+    sourceChanged() function is called to notify the effects that
+    the source has changed in some way - e.g., if the source is a
     QGraphicsRectItem and its rectangle parameters have changed.
 
-    \sa QGraphicsItem::setGraphicsEffect(), QWidget::setGraphicsEffect(),
-    QGraphicsEffectSource
+    \sa QGraphicsItem::setGraphicsEffect(), QWidget::setGraphicsEffect()
 */
 
 #include "qgraphicseffect_p.h"
@@ -112,10 +119,10 @@
 QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
 /*!
+    \internal
     \class QGraphicsEffectSource
     \brief The QGraphicsEffectSource class represents the source on which a
            QGraphicsEffect is installed on.
-    \since 4.6
 
     When a QGraphicsEffect is installed on a QGraphicsItem, for example, this
     class will act as a wrapper around QGraphicsItem. Then, calling update() is
@@ -154,20 +161,13 @@ QGraphicsEffectSource::~QGraphicsEffectSource()
 {}
 
 /*!
-    Returns the bounds of the current painter's device.
-
-    This function is useful when you want to draw something in device
-    coordinates and ensure the size of the pixmap is not bigger than the size
-    of the device.
-
-    Calling QGraphicsEffectSource::pixmap(Qt::DeviceCoordinates) always returns
-    a pixmap which is bound to the device's size.
+    Returns the bounding rectangle of the source mapped to the given \a system.
 
-    \sa pixmap()
+    \sa draw()
 */
-QRect QGraphicsEffectSource::deviceRect() const
+QRectF QGraphicsEffectSource::boundingRect(Qt::CoordinateSystem system) const
 {
-    return d_func()->deviceRect();
+    return d_func()->boundingRect(system);
 }
 
 /*!
@@ -175,9 +175,12 @@ QRect QGraphicsEffectSource::deviceRect() const
 
     \sa draw()
 */
-QRectF QGraphicsEffectSource::boundingRect(Qt::CoordinateSystem system) const
+QRectF QGraphicsEffect::sourceBoundingRect(Qt::CoordinateSystem system) const
 {
-    return d_func()->boundingRect(system);
+    Q_D(const QGraphicsEffect);
+    if (d->source)
+        return d->source->boundingRect(system);
+    return QRectF();
 }
 
 /*!
@@ -218,10 +221,6 @@ const QStyleOption *QGraphicsEffectSource::styleOption() const
 
     This function should only be called from QGraphicsEffect::draw().
 
-    For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_effects_qgraphicseffect.cpp 0
-
     \sa QGraphicsEffect::draw()
 */
 void QGraphicsEffectSource::draw(QPainter *painter)
@@ -246,6 +245,24 @@ void QGraphicsEffectSource::draw(QPainter *painter)
 }
 
 /*!
+    Draws the source directly using the given \a painter.
+
+    This function should only be called from QGraphicsEffect::draw().
+
+    For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_effects_qgraphicseffect.cpp 0
+
+    \sa QGraphicsEffect::draw()
+*/
+void QGraphicsEffect::drawSource(QPainter *painter)
+{
+    Q_D(const QGraphicsEffect);
+    if (d->source)
+        d->source->draw(painter);
+}
+
+/*!
     Schedules a redraw of the source. Call this function whenever the source
     needs to be redrawn.
 
@@ -271,6 +288,19 @@ bool QGraphicsEffectSource::isPixmap() const
 }
 
 /*!
+    Returns true if the source effectively is a pixmap, e.g., a
+    QGraphicsPixmapItem.
+
+    This function is useful for optimization purposes. For instance, there's no
+    point in drawing the source in device coordinates to avoid pixmap scaling
+    if this function returns true - the source pixmap will be scaled anyways.
+*/
+bool QGraphicsEffect::sourceIsPixmap() const
+{
+    return source() ? source()->isPixmap() : false;
+}
+
+/*!
     Returns a pixmap with the source painted into it.
 
     The \a system specifies which coordinate system to be used for the source.
@@ -283,15 +313,15 @@ bool QGraphicsEffectSource::isPixmap() const
     The returned pixmap is bound to the current painter's device rectangle when
     \a system is Qt::DeviceCoordinates.
 
-    \sa QGraphicsEffect::draw(), boundingRect(), deviceRect()
+    \sa QGraphicsEffect::draw(), boundingRect()
 */
-QPixmap QGraphicsEffectSource::pixmap(Qt::CoordinateSystem system, QPoint *offset, PixmapPadMode mode) const
+QPixmap QGraphicsEffectSource::pixmap(Qt::CoordinateSystem system, QPoint *offset, QGraphicsEffect::PixmapPadMode mode) const
 {
     Q_D(const QGraphicsEffectSource);
 
     // Shortcut, no cache for childless pixmap items...
     const QGraphicsItem *item = graphicsItem();
-    if (system == Qt::LogicalCoordinates && mode == NoExpandPadMode && item && isPixmap()) {
+    if (system == Qt::LogicalCoordinates && mode == QGraphicsEffect::NoPad && item && isPixmap()) {
         return ((QGraphicsPixmapItem *) item)->pixmap();
     }
 
@@ -320,9 +350,35 @@ QPixmap QGraphicsEffectSource::pixmap(Qt::CoordinateSystem system, QPoint *offse
     return pm;
 }
 
+/*!
+    Returns a pixmap with the source painted into it.
+
+    The \a system specifies which coordinate system to be used for the source.
+    The optional \a offset parameter returns the offset where the pixmap should
+    be painted at using the current painter. For control on how the pixmap is
+    padded use the \a mode parameter.
+
+    The returned pixmap is clipped to the current painter's device rectangle when
+    \a system is Qt::DeviceCoordinates.
+
+    \sa draw(), boundingRect()
+*/
+QPixmap QGraphicsEffect::sourcePixmap(Qt::CoordinateSystem system, QPoint *offset, QGraphicsEffect::PixmapPadMode mode) const
+{
+    Q_D(const QGraphicsEffect);
+    if (d->source)
+        return d->source->pixmap(system, offset, mode);
+    return QPixmap();
+}
+
+QGraphicsEffectSourcePrivate::~QGraphicsEffectSourcePrivate()
+{
+    invalidateCache();
+}
+
 void QGraphicsEffectSourcePrivate::invalidateCache(bool effectRectChanged) const
 {
-    if (effectRectChanged && m_cachedMode != QGraphicsEffectSource::ExpandToEffectRectPadMode)
+    if (effectRectChanged && m_cachedMode != QGraphicsEffect::PadToEffectiveBoundingRect)
         return;
     QPixmapCache::remove(m_cacheKey);
 }
@@ -354,9 +410,9 @@ QGraphicsEffect::~QGraphicsEffect()
 }
 
 /*!
-    Returns the bounding rectangle for this effect, i.e., the bounding
-    rectangle of the source, adjusted by any margins applied by the effect
-    itself.
+    Returns the effective bounding rectangle for this effect, i.e., the
+    bounding rectangle of the source, adjusted by any margins applied by
+    the effect itself.
 
     \sa boundingRectFor(), updateBoundingRect()
 */
@@ -369,12 +425,13 @@ QRectF QGraphicsEffect::boundingRect() const
 }
 
 /*!
-    Returns the bounding rectangle for this effect, given the provided source
-    \a rect. When writing you own custom effect, you must call
-    updateBoundingRect() whenever any parameters are changed that may cause
-    this this function to return a different value.
+    Returns the effective bounding rectangle for this effect, given the
+    provided \a rect in the source's coordinate space. When writing
+    you own custom effect, you must call updateBoundingRect() whenever any
+    parameters are changed that may cause this this function to return a
+    different value.
 
-    \sa boundingRect()
+    \sa sourceBoundingRect()
 */
 QRectF QGraphicsEffect::boundingRectFor(const QRectF &rect) const
 {
@@ -440,6 +497,8 @@ void QGraphicsEffect::update()
 }
 
 /*!
+    \internal
+
     Returns a pointer to the source, which provides extra context information
     that can be useful for the effect.
 
@@ -459,7 +518,7 @@ QGraphicsEffectSource *QGraphicsEffect::source() const
 
     This function will call update() if this is necessary.
 
-    \sa boundingRectFor(), boundingRect()
+    \sa boundingRectFor(), boundingRect(), sourceBoundingRect()
 */
 void QGraphicsEffect::updateBoundingRect()
 {
@@ -471,15 +530,13 @@ void QGraphicsEffect::updateBoundingRect()
 }
 
 /*!
-    \fn virtual void QGraphicsEffect::draw(QPainter *painter,
-    QGraphicsEffectSource *source) = 0
+    \fn virtual void QGraphicsEffect::draw(QPainter *painter) = 0
 
     This pure virtual function draws the effect and is called whenever the
-    source() needs to be drawn.
+    source needs to be drawn.
 
     Reimplement this function in a QGraphicsEffect subclass to provide the
-    effect's drawing implementation, using \a painter. The \a source parameter
-    is provided for convenience; its value is the same as source().
+    effect's drawing implementation, using \a painter.
 
     For example:
 
@@ -487,8 +544,6 @@ void QGraphicsEffect::updateBoundingRect()
 
     This function should not be called explicitly by the user, since it is
     meant for reimplementation purposes only.
-
-    \sa QGraphicsEffectSource
 */
 
 /*!
@@ -504,6 +559,20 @@ void QGraphicsEffect::updateBoundingRect()
 */
 
 /*!
+    \enum QGraphicsEffect::PixmapPadMode
+
+    This enum describes how the pixmap returned from sourcePixmap should be
+    padded.
+
+    \value NoPad The pixmap should not receive any additional
+           padding.
+    \value PadToTransparentBorder The pixmap should be padded
+           to ensure it has a completely transparent border.
+    \value PadToEffectiveBoundingRect The pixmap should be padded to
+           match the effective bounding rectangle of the effect.
+*/
+
+/*!
     This virtual function is called by QGraphicsEffect to notify the effect
     that the source has changed. If the effect applies any cache, then this
     cache must be purged in order to reflect the new appearance of the source.
@@ -610,26 +679,25 @@ void QGraphicsColorizeEffect::setStrength(qreal strength)
 /*!
     \reimp
 */
-void QGraphicsColorizeEffect::draw(QPainter *painter, QGraphicsEffectSource *source)
+void QGraphicsColorizeEffect::draw(QPainter *painter)
 {
     Q_D(QGraphicsColorizeEffect);
 
     if (!d->opaque) {
-        source->draw(painter);
+        drawSource(painter);
         return;
     }
 
     QPoint offset;
-    if (source->isPixmap()) {
+    if (sourceIsPixmap()) {
         // No point in drawing in device coordinates (pixmap will be scaled anyways).
-        const QPixmap pixmap = source->pixmap(Qt::LogicalCoordinates, &offset,
-                                              QGraphicsEffectSource::NoExpandPadMode);
+        const QPixmap pixmap = sourcePixmap(Qt::LogicalCoordinates, &offset, NoPad);
         d->filter->draw(painter, offset, pixmap);
         return;
     }
 
     // Draw pixmap in deviceCoordinates to avoid pixmap scaling.
-    const QPixmap pixmap = source->pixmap(Qt::DeviceCoordinates, &offset);
+    const QPixmap pixmap = sourcePixmap(Qt::DeviceCoordinates, &offset);
     QTransform restoreTransform = painter->worldTransform();
     painter->setWorldTransform(QTransform());
     d->filter->draw(painter, offset, pixmap);
@@ -644,7 +712,7 @@ void QGraphicsColorizeEffect::draw(QPainter *painter, QGraphicsEffectSource *sou
     A blur effect blurs the source. This effect is useful for reducing details,
     such as when the source loses focus and you want to draw attention to other
     elements. The level of detail can be modified using the setBlurRadius()
-    function. Use setBlurHint() to choose the quality or performance blur hints.
+    function. Use setBlurHints() to choose the blur hints.
 
     By default, the blur radius is 5 pixels.
 
@@ -661,15 +729,17 @@ void QGraphicsColorizeEffect::draw(QPainter *painter, QGraphicsEffectSource *sou
     blur effects are applied. The hints might not have an effect in all the
     paint engines.
 
-    \value QualityHint Indicates that rendering quality is the most important factor,
-    at the potential cost of lower performance.
-
     \value PerformanceHint Indicates that rendering performance is the most important factor,
     at the potential cost of lower quality.
 
+    \value QualityHint Indicates that rendering quality is the most important factor,
+    at the potential cost of lower performance.
+
     \value AnimationHint Indicates that the blur radius is going to be animated, hinting
-    that the implementation can keep a cache of blurred verisons of the source pixmap.
-    Do not use this hint if the source item is going to be dynamically changing.
+    that the implementation can keep a cache of blurred verisons of the source.
+    Do not use this hint if the source is going to be dynamically changing.
+
+    \sa blurHints(), setBlurHints()
 */
 
 
@@ -681,7 +751,7 @@ QGraphicsBlurEffect::QGraphicsBlurEffect(QObject *parent)
     : QGraphicsEffect(*new QGraphicsBlurEffectPrivate, parent)
 {
     Q_D(QGraphicsBlurEffect);
-    d->filter->setBlurHint(QGraphicsBlurEffect::PerformanceHint);
+    d->filter->setBlurHints(QGraphicsBlurEffect::PerformanceHint);
 }
 
 /*!
@@ -725,7 +795,7 @@ void QGraphicsBlurEffect::setBlurRadius(qreal radius)
 */
 
 /*!
-    \property QGraphicsBlurEffect::blurHint
+    \property QGraphicsBlurEffect::blurHints
     \brief the blur hint of the effect.
 
     Use the PerformanceHint hint to say that you want a faster blur,
@@ -734,27 +804,27 @@ void QGraphicsBlurEffect::setBlurRadius(qreal radius)
 
     By default, the blur hint is PerformanceHint.
 */
-QGraphicsBlurEffect::BlurHint QGraphicsBlurEffect::blurHint() const
+QGraphicsBlurEffect::BlurHints QGraphicsBlurEffect::blurHints() const
 {
     Q_D(const QGraphicsBlurEffect);
-    return d->filter->blurHint();
+    return d->filter->blurHints();
 }
 
-void QGraphicsBlurEffect::setBlurHint(QGraphicsBlurEffect::BlurHint hint)
+void QGraphicsBlurEffect::setBlurHints(QGraphicsBlurEffect::BlurHints hints)
 {
     Q_D(QGraphicsBlurEffect);
-    if (d->filter->blurHint() == hint)
+    if (d->filter->blurHints() == hints)
         return;
 
-    d->filter->setBlurHint(hint);
-    emit blurHintChanged(hint);
+    d->filter->setBlurHints(hints);
+    emit blurHintsChanged(hints);
 }
 
 /*!
-    \fn void QGraphicsBlurEffect::blurHintChanged(QGraphicsBlurEffect::BlurHint hint)
+    \fn void QGraphicsBlurEffect::blurHintsChanged(QGraphicsBlurEffect::BlurHints hints)
 
-    This signal is emitted whenever the effect's blur hint changes.
-    The \a hint parameter holds the effect's new blur hint.
+    This signal is emitted whenever the effect's blur hints changes.
+    The \a hints parameter holds the effect's new blur hints.
 */
 
 /*!
@@ -769,21 +839,21 @@ QRectF QGraphicsBlurEffect::boundingRectFor(const QRectF &rect) const
 /*!
     \reimp
 */
-void QGraphicsBlurEffect::draw(QPainter *painter, QGraphicsEffectSource *source)
+void QGraphicsBlurEffect::draw(QPainter *painter)
 {
     Q_D(QGraphicsBlurEffect);
     if (d->filter->radius() <= 0) {
-        source->draw(painter);
+        drawSource(painter);
         return;
     }
 
-    QGraphicsEffectSource::PixmapPadMode mode = QGraphicsEffectSource::ExpandToEffectRectPadMode;
+    PixmapPadMode mode = PadToEffectiveBoundingRect;
     if (painter->paintEngine()->type() == QPaintEngine::OpenGL2)
-        mode = QGraphicsEffectSource::ExpandToTransparentBorderPadMode;
+        mode = PadToTransparentBorder;
 
     // Draw pixmap in device coordinates to avoid pixmap scaling.
     QPoint offset;
-    const QPixmap pixmap = source->pixmap(Qt::DeviceCoordinates, &offset, mode);
+    const QPixmap pixmap = sourcePixmap(Qt::DeviceCoordinates, &offset, mode);
     QTransform restoreTransform = painter->worldTransform();
     painter->setWorldTransform(QTransform());
     d->filter->draw(painter, offset, pixmap);
@@ -958,21 +1028,21 @@ QRectF QGraphicsDropShadowEffect::boundingRectFor(const QRectF &rect) const
 /*!
     \reimp
 */
-void QGraphicsDropShadowEffect::draw(QPainter *painter, QGraphicsEffectSource *source)
+void QGraphicsDropShadowEffect::draw(QPainter *painter)
 {
     Q_D(QGraphicsDropShadowEffect);
     if (d->filter->blurRadius() <= 0 && d->filter->offset().isNull()) {
-        source->draw(painter);
+        drawSource(painter);
         return;
     }
 
-    QGraphicsEffectSource::PixmapPadMode mode = QGraphicsEffectSource::ExpandToEffectRectPadMode;
+    PixmapPadMode mode = PadToEffectiveBoundingRect;
     if (painter->paintEngine()->type() == QPaintEngine::OpenGL2)
-        mode = QGraphicsEffectSource::ExpandToTransparentBorderPadMode;
+        mode = PadToTransparentBorder;
 
     // Draw pixmap in device coordinates to avoid pixmap scaling.
     QPoint offset;
-    const QPixmap pixmap = source->pixmap(Qt::DeviceCoordinates, &offset, mode);
+    const QPixmap pixmap = sourcePixmap(Qt::DeviceCoordinates, &offset, mode);
     QTransform restoreTransform = painter->worldTransform();
     painter->setWorldTransform(QTransform());
     d->filter->draw(painter, offset, pixmap);
@@ -1095,7 +1165,7 @@ void QGraphicsOpacityEffect::setOpacityMask(const QBrush &mask)
 /*!
     \reimp
 */
-void QGraphicsOpacityEffect::draw(QPainter *painter, QGraphicsEffectSource *source)
+void QGraphicsOpacityEffect::draw(QPainter *painter)
 {
     Q_D(QGraphicsOpacityEffect);
 
@@ -1105,18 +1175,16 @@ void QGraphicsOpacityEffect::draw(QPainter *painter, QGraphicsEffectSource *sour
 
     // Opaque; draw directly without going through a pixmap.
     if (d->isFullyOpaque && !d->hasOpacityMask) {
-        source->draw(painter);
+        drawSource(painter);
         return;
     }
 
-
     QPoint offset;
-    Qt::CoordinateSystem system = source->isPixmap() ? Qt::LogicalCoordinates : Qt::DeviceCoordinates;
-    QPixmap pixmap = source->pixmap(system, &offset, QGraphicsEffectSource::NoExpandPadMode);
+    Qt::CoordinateSystem system = sourceIsPixmap() ? Qt::LogicalCoordinates : Qt::DeviceCoordinates;
+    QPixmap pixmap = sourcePixmap(system, &offset, QGraphicsEffect::NoPad);
     if (pixmap.isNull())
         return;
 
-
     painter->save();
     painter->setOpacity(d->opacity);
 
@@ -1128,7 +1196,7 @@ void QGraphicsOpacityEffect::draw(QPainter *painter, QGraphicsEffectSource *sour
             QTransform worldTransform = painter->worldTransform();
             worldTransform *= QTransform::fromTranslate(-offset.x(), -offset.y());
             pixmapPainter.setWorldTransform(worldTransform);
-            pixmapPainter.fillRect(source->boundingRect(), d->opacityMask);
+            pixmapPainter.fillRect(sourceBoundingRect(), d->opacityMask);
         } else {
             pixmapPainter.translate(-offset);
             pixmapPainter.fillRect(pixmap.rect(), d->opacityMask);
diff --git a/src/gui/effects/qgraphicseffect.h b/src/gui/effects/qgraphicseffect.h
index 5c73f4b..2257f01 100644
--- a/src/gui/effects/qgraphicseffect.h
+++ b/src/gui/effects/qgraphicseffect.h
@@ -60,46 +60,7 @@ class QStyleOption;
 class QPainter;
 class QPixmap;
 
-class QGraphicsEffectSourcePrivate;
-class Q_GUI_EXPORT QGraphicsEffectSource : public QObject
-{
-    Q_OBJECT
-public:
-    enum PixmapPadMode {
-        NoExpandPadMode,
-        ExpandToTransparentBorderPadMode,
-        ExpandToEffectRectPadMode
-    };
-
-    ~QGraphicsEffectSource();
-    const QGraphicsItem *graphicsItem() const;
-    const QWidget *widget() const;
-    const QStyleOption *styleOption() const;
-
-    bool isPixmap() const;
-    void draw(QPainter *painter);
-    void update();
-
-    QRectF boundingRect(Qt::CoordinateSystem coordinateSystem = Qt::LogicalCoordinates) const;
-    QRect deviceRect() const;
-    QPixmap pixmap(Qt::CoordinateSystem system = Qt::LogicalCoordinates,
-                   QPoint *offset = 0,
-                   PixmapPadMode mode = ExpandToEffectRectPadMode) const;
-
-protected:
-    QGraphicsEffectSource(QGraphicsEffectSourcePrivate &dd, QObject *parent = 0);
-
-private:
-    Q_DECLARE_PRIVATE(QGraphicsEffectSource)
-    Q_DISABLE_COPY(QGraphicsEffectSource)
-    friend class QGraphicsEffect;
-    friend class QGraphicsEffectPrivate;
-    friend class QGraphicsScenePrivate;
-    friend class QGraphicsItem;
-    friend class QGraphicsItemPrivate;
-    friend class QWidget;
-    friend class QWidgetPrivate;
-};
+class QGraphicsEffectSource;
 
 class QGraphicsEffectPrivate;
 class Q_GUI_EXPORT QGraphicsEffect : public QObject
@@ -116,14 +77,18 @@ public:
     };
     Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(ChangeFlags, ChangeFlag)
 
+    enum PixmapPadMode {
+        NoPad,
+        PadToTransparentBorder,
+        PadToEffectiveBoundingRect
+    };
+
     QGraphicsEffect(QObject *parent = 0);
     virtual ~QGraphicsEffect();
 
-    virtual QRectF boundingRectFor(const QRectF &rect) const;
+    virtual QRectF boundingRectFor(const QRectF &sourceRect) const;
     QRectF boundingRect() const;
 
-    QGraphicsEffectSource *source() const;
-
     bool isEnabled() const;
 
 public Q_SLOTS:
@@ -135,10 +100,17 @@ Q_SIGNALS:
 
 protected:
     QGraphicsEffect(QGraphicsEffectPrivate &d, QObject *parent = 0);
-    virtual void draw(QPainter *painter, QGraphicsEffectSource *source) = 0;
+    virtual void draw(QPainter *painter) = 0;
     virtual void sourceChanged(ChangeFlags flags);
     void updateBoundingRect();
 
+    bool sourceIsPixmap() const;
+    QRectF sourceBoundingRect(Qt::CoordinateSystem system = Qt::LogicalCoordinates) const;
+    void drawSource(QPainter *painter);
+    QPixmap sourcePixmap(Qt::CoordinateSystem system = Qt::LogicalCoordinates,
+                         QPoint *offset = 0,
+                         PixmapPadMode mode = PadToEffectiveBoundingRect) const;
+
 private:
     Q_DECLARE_PRIVATE(QGraphicsEffect)
     Q_DISABLE_COPY(QGraphicsEffect)
@@ -147,6 +119,10 @@ private:
     friend class QGraphicsScenePrivate;
     friend class QWidget;
     friend class QWidgetPrivate;
+
+public:
+    QGraphicsEffectSource *source() const; // internal
+
 };
 Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(QGraphicsEffect::ChangeFlags)
 
@@ -172,7 +148,7 @@ Q_SIGNALS:
     void strengthChanged(qreal strength);
 
 protected:
-    void draw(QPainter *painter, QGraphicsEffectSource *source);
+    void draw(QPainter *painter);
 
 private:
     Q_DECLARE_PRIVATE(QGraphicsColorizeEffect)
@@ -183,38 +159,42 @@ class QGraphicsBlurEffectPrivate;
 class Q_GUI_EXPORT QGraphicsBlurEffect: public QGraphicsEffect
 {
     Q_OBJECT
+    Q_FLAGS(BlurHint BlurHints)
     Q_PROPERTY(qreal blurRadius READ blurRadius WRITE setBlurRadius NOTIFY blurRadiusChanged)
-    Q_PROPERTY(BlurHint blurHint READ blurHint WRITE setBlurHint NOTIFY blurHintChanged)
+    Q_PROPERTY(BlurHints blurHints READ blurHints WRITE setBlurHints NOTIFY blurHintsChanged)
 public:
     enum BlurHint {
-        QualityHint,
-        PerformanceHint,
-        AnimationHint
+        PerformanceHint = 0x00,
+        QualityHint = 0x01,
+        AnimationHint = 0x02
     };
+    Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(BlurHints, BlurHint)
 
     QGraphicsBlurEffect(QObject *parent = 0);
     ~QGraphicsBlurEffect();
 
     QRectF boundingRectFor(const QRectF &rect) const;
     qreal blurRadius() const;
-    BlurHint blurHint() const;
+    BlurHints blurHints() const;
 
 public Q_SLOTS:
     void setBlurRadius(qreal blurRadius);
-    void setBlurHint(BlurHint hint);
+    void setBlurHints(BlurHints hints);
 
 Q_SIGNALS:
     void blurRadiusChanged(qreal blurRadius);
-    void blurHintChanged(BlurHint hint);
+    void blurHintsChanged(BlurHints hints);
 
 protected:
-    void draw(QPainter *painter, QGraphicsEffectSource *source);
+    void draw(QPainter *painter);
 
 private:
     Q_DECLARE_PRIVATE(QGraphicsBlurEffect)
     Q_DISABLE_COPY(QGraphicsBlurEffect)
 };
 
+Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(QGraphicsBlurEffect::BlurHints)
+
 class QGraphicsDropShadowEffectPrivate;
 class Q_GUI_EXPORT QGraphicsDropShadowEffect: public QGraphicsEffect
 {
@@ -264,7 +244,7 @@ Q_SIGNALS:
     void colorChanged(const QColor &color);
 
 protected:
-    void draw(QPainter *painter, QGraphicsEffectSource *source);
+    void draw(QPainter *painter);
 
 private:
     Q_DECLARE_PRIVATE(QGraphicsDropShadowEffect)
@@ -293,7 +273,7 @@ Q_SIGNALS:
     void opacityMaskChanged(const QBrush &mask);
 
 protected:
-    void draw(QPainter *painter, QGraphicsEffectSource *source);
+    void draw(QPainter *painter);
 
 private:
     Q_DECLARE_PRIVATE(QGraphicsOpacityEffect)
diff --git a/src/gui/effects/qgraphicseffect_p.h b/src/gui/effects/qgraphicseffect_p.h
index 9a46a24..0011eef 100644
--- a/src/gui/effects/qgraphicseffect_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/effects/qgraphicseffect_p.h
@@ -63,6 +63,41 @@
 #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT
 QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
+class QGraphicsEffectSourcePrivate;
+class Q_GUI_EXPORT QGraphicsEffectSource : public QObject
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    ~QGraphicsEffectSource();
+    const QGraphicsItem *graphicsItem() const;
+    const QWidget *widget() const;
+    const QStyleOption *styleOption() const;
+
+    bool isPixmap() const;
+    void draw(QPainter *painter);
+    void update();
+
+    QRectF boundingRect(Qt::CoordinateSystem coordinateSystem = Qt::LogicalCoordinates) const;
+    QRect deviceRect() const;
+    QPixmap pixmap(Qt::CoordinateSystem system = Qt::LogicalCoordinates,
+                   QPoint *offset = 0,
+                   QGraphicsEffect::PixmapPadMode mode = QGraphicsEffect::PadToEffectiveBoundingRect) const;
+
+protected:
+    QGraphicsEffectSource(QGraphicsEffectSourcePrivate &dd, QObject *parent = 0);
+
+private:
+    Q_DECLARE_PRIVATE(QGraphicsEffectSource)
+    Q_DISABLE_COPY(QGraphicsEffectSource)
+    friend class QGraphicsEffect;
+    friend class QGraphicsEffectPrivate;
+    friend class QGraphicsScenePrivate;
+    friend class QGraphicsItem;
+    friend class QGraphicsItemPrivate;
+    friend class QWidget;
+    friend class QWidgetPrivate;
+};
+
 class QGraphicsEffectSourcePrivate : public QObjectPrivate
 {
     Q_DECLARE_PUBLIC(QGraphicsEffectSource)
@@ -70,10 +105,10 @@ public:
     QGraphicsEffectSourcePrivate()
         : QObjectPrivate()
         , m_cachedSystem(Qt::DeviceCoordinates)
-        , m_cachedMode(QGraphicsEffectSource::ExpandToTransparentBorderPadMode)
+        , m_cachedMode(QGraphicsEffect::PadToTransparentBorder)
     {}
 
-    virtual ~QGraphicsEffectSourcePrivate() { invalidateCache(); }
+    virtual ~QGraphicsEffectSourcePrivate();
     virtual void detach() = 0;
     virtual QRectF boundingRect(Qt::CoordinateSystem system) const = 0;
     virtual QRect deviceRect() const = 0;
@@ -84,7 +119,7 @@ public:
     virtual void update() = 0;
     virtual bool isPixmap() const = 0;
     virtual QPixmap pixmap(Qt::CoordinateSystem system, QPoint *offset = 0,
-                           QGraphicsEffectSource::PixmapPadMode mode = QGraphicsEffectSource::ExpandToTransparentBorderPadMode) const = 0;
+                           QGraphicsEffect::PixmapPadMode mode = QGraphicsEffect::PadToTransparentBorder) const = 0;
     virtual void effectBoundingRectChanged() = 0;
     void invalidateCache(bool effectRectChanged = false) const;
 
@@ -94,7 +129,7 @@ public:
 
 private:
     mutable Qt::CoordinateSystem m_cachedSystem;
-    mutable QGraphicsEffectSource::PixmapPadMode m_cachedMode;
+    mutable QGraphicsEffect::PixmapPadMode m_cachedMode;
     mutable QPoint m_cachedOffset;
     mutable QPixmapCache::Key m_cacheKey;
 };
diff --git a/src/gui/embedded/qscreen_qws.cpp b/src/gui/embedded/qscreen_qws.cpp
index 911a77e..ae5570f 100644
--- a/src/gui/embedded/qscreen_qws.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/embedded/qscreen_qws.cpp
@@ -600,7 +600,7 @@ static void blit_template(QScreen *screen, const QImage &image,
     const int screenStride = screen->linestep();
     const int imageStride = image.bytesPerLine();
 
-    if (region.numRects() == 1) {
+    if (region.rectCount() == 1) {
         const QRect r = region.boundingRect();
         const SRC *src = reinterpret_cast<const SRC*>(image.scanLine(r.y()))
                          + r.x();
@@ -1385,7 +1385,7 @@ QImage::Format QScreenPrivate::preferredImageFormat() const
 
     QScreen provides several functions to retrieve information about
     the color palette: The clut() function returns a pointer to the
-    color lookup table (i.e. its color palette). Use the numCols()
+    color lookup table (i.e. its color palette). Use the colorCount()
     function to determine the number of entries in this table, and the
     alloc() function to retrieve the palette index of the color that
     is the closest match to a given RGB value.
@@ -1998,12 +1998,20 @@ QImage::Format QScreenPrivate::preferredImageFormat() const
     i.e. in modes where only the palette indexes (and not the actual
     color values) are stored in memory.
 
-    \sa alloc(), depth(), numCols()
+    \sa alloc(), depth(), colorCount()
 */
 
 /*!
+    \obsolete
     \fn int QScreen::numCols()
 
+    \sa colorCount()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \since 4.6
+    \fn int QScreen::colorCount()
+
     Returns the number of entries in the screen's color lookup table
     (i.e. its color palette). A pointer to the color table can be
     retrieved using the clut() function.
@@ -2103,7 +2111,7 @@ void QScreen::setPixelFormat(QImage::Format format)
     i.e. in modes where only the palette indexes (and not the actual
     color values) are stored in memory.
 
-    \sa clut(), numCols()
+    \sa clut(), colorCount()
 */
 
 int QScreen::alloc(unsigned int r,unsigned int g,unsigned int b)
@@ -2455,7 +2463,7 @@ void QScreen::exposeRegion(QRegion r, int windowIndex)
         delete blendBuffer;
     }
 
-    if (r.numRects() == 1) {
+    if (r.rectCount() == 1) {
         setDirty(r.boundingRect());
     } else {
         const QVector<QRect> rects = r.rects();
diff --git a/src/gui/embedded/qscreen_qws.h b/src/gui/embedded/qscreen_qws.h
index d20d709..b3246f9 100644
--- a/src/gui/embedded/qscreen_qws.h
+++ b/src/gui/embedded/qscreen_qws.h
@@ -243,7 +243,8 @@ public:
     int totalSize() const { return mapsize; }
 
     QRgb * clut() { return screenclut; }
-    int numCols() { return screencols; }
+    QT_DEPRECATED int numCols() { return screencols; }
+    int colorCount() { return screencols; }
 
     virtual QSize mapToDevice(const QSize &) const;
     virtual QSize mapFromDevice(const QSize &) const;
diff --git a/src/gui/embedded/qwscursor_qws.cpp b/src/gui/embedded/qwscursor_qws.cpp
index 07271e1..7d5a3d1 100644
--- a/src/gui/embedded/qwscursor_qws.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/embedded/qwscursor_qws.cpp
@@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ void QWSCursor::set(const uchar *data, const uchar *mask,
     if (!width || !height || !data || !mask || cursor.isNull())
         return;
 
-    cursor.setNumColors(3);
+    cursor.setColorCount(3);
     cursor.setColor(0, 0xff000000);
     cursor.setColor(1, 0xffffffff);
     cursor.setColor(2, 0x00000000);
diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraph_p.h b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraph_p.h
index f1fa185..0a2bf27 100644
--- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraph_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraph_p.h
@@ -201,11 +201,6 @@ public:
         return l;
     }
 
-    void setRootVertex(Vertex *vertex)
-    {
-        userVertex = vertex;
-    }
-
     QSet<Vertex*> vertices() const {
         QSet<Vertex *> setOfVertices;
         for (const_iterator it = constBegin(); it != constEnd(); ++it) {
@@ -241,7 +236,7 @@ public:
                 EdgeData *data = edgeData(v, v1);
                 bool forward = data->from == v;
                 if (forward) {
-                    edges += QString::fromAscii("%1->%2 [label=\"[%3,%4,%5]\" dir=both color=\"#000000:#a0a0a0\"] \n")
+                    edges += QString::fromAscii("\"%1\"->\"%2\" [label=\"[%3,%4,%5]\" dir=both color=\"#000000:#a0a0a0\"] \n")
                         .arg(v->toString())
                         .arg(v1->toString())
                         .arg(data->minSize)
@@ -250,17 +245,12 @@ public:
                         ;
                 }
             }
-            strVertices += QString::fromAscii("%1 [label=\"%2\"]\n").arg(v->toString()).arg(v->toString());
+            strVertices += QString::fromAscii("\"%1\" [label=\"%2\"]\n").arg(v->toString()).arg(v->toString());
         }
         return QString::fromAscii("%1\n%2\n").arg(strVertices).arg(edges);
     }
 #endif
 
-    Vertex *rootVertex() const
-    {
-        return userVertex;
-    }
-
 protected:
     void createDirectedEdge(Vertex *from, Vertex *to, EdgeData *data)
     {
@@ -286,8 +276,6 @@ protected:
     }
 
 private:
-    Vertex *userVertex;
-
     QHash<Vertex *, QHash<Vertex *, EdgeData *> *> m_graph;
 };
 
diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsanchorlayout.cpp b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsanchorlayout.cpp
index 56d70e1..872ec3c 100644
--- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsanchorlayout.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsanchorlayout.cpp
@@ -83,10 +83,8 @@
     \clearfloat
     \section1 Size Hints and Size Policies in an Anchor Layout
 
-    QGraphicsAnchorLayout respects each item's size hints and size policies. However it does
-    not currently respect their stretch factors. This might change in the future, so avoid
-    using stretch factors in anchor layouts if you want to avoid any future regressions in
-    behavior.
+    QGraphicsAnchorLayout respects each item's size hints and size policies.
+    Note that there are some properties of QSizePolicy that are \l{Known issues}{not respected}.
 
     \section1 Spacing within an Anchor Layout
 
@@ -101,6 +99,21 @@
 
     If the spacing is negative, the items will overlap to some extent.
 
+
+    \section1 Known issues
+    There are some features that QGraphicsAnchorLayout currently does not support.
+    This might change in the future, so avoid using these features if you want to
+    avoid any future regressions in behaviour:
+    \list
+
+    \o Stretch factors are not respected.
+
+    \o QSizePolicy::ExpandFlag is not respected.
+
+    \o Height for width is not respected.
+
+    \endlist
+
     \sa QGraphicsLinearLayout, QGraphicsGridLayout, QGraphicsLayout
 */
 
diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsanchorlayout_p.cpp b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsanchorlayout_p.cpp
index 41aa8aa..182594e 100644
--- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsanchorlayout_p.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsanchorlayout_p.cpp
@@ -61,6 +61,8 @@ QGraphicsAnchorPrivate::QGraphicsAnchorPrivate(int version)
 
 QGraphicsAnchorPrivate::~QGraphicsAnchorPrivate()
 {
+    // ###
+    layoutPrivate->restoreSimplifiedGraph(QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::Orientation(data->orientation));
     layoutPrivate->removeAnchor(data->from, data->to);
 }
 
@@ -105,7 +107,7 @@ qreal QGraphicsAnchorPrivate::spacing() const
 static void internalSizeHints(QSizePolicy::Policy policy,
                               qreal minSizeHint, qreal prefSizeHint, qreal maxSizeHint,
                               qreal *minSize, qreal *prefSize,
-                              qreal *expSize, qreal *maxSize)
+                              qreal *maxSize)
 {
     // minSize, prefSize and maxSize are initialized
     // with item's preferred Size: this is QSizePolicy::Fixed.
@@ -135,11 +137,6 @@ static void internalSizeHints(QSizePolicy::Policy policy,
         *prefSize = *minSize;
     else
         *prefSize = prefSizeHint;
-
-    if (policy & QSizePolicy::ExpandFlag)
-        *expSize = *maxSize;
-    else
-        *expSize = *prefSize;
 }
 
 bool AnchorData::refreshSizeHints(const QLayoutStyleInfo *styleInfo)
@@ -154,7 +151,6 @@ bool AnchorData::refreshSizeHints(const QLayoutStyleInfo *styleInfo)
         if (isLayoutAnchor) {
             minSize = 0;
             prefSize = 0;
-            expSize = 0;
             maxSize = QWIDGETSIZE_MAX;
             if (isCenterAnchor)
                 maxSize /= 2;
@@ -205,8 +201,8 @@ bool AnchorData::refreshSizeHints(const QLayoutStyleInfo *styleInfo)
         }
         maxSizeHint = QWIDGETSIZE_MAX;
     }
-    internalSizeHints(policy, minSizeHint, prefSizeHint, maxSizeHint, 
-                      &minSize, &prefSize, &expSize, &maxSize);
+    internalSizeHints(policy, minSizeHint, prefSizeHint, maxSizeHint,
+                      &minSize, &prefSize, &maxSize);
 
     // Set the anchor effective sizes to preferred.
     //
@@ -217,7 +213,6 @@ bool AnchorData::refreshSizeHints(const QLayoutStyleInfo *styleInfo)
     // recalculate and override the values we set here.
     sizeAtMinimum = prefSize;
     sizeAtPreferred = prefSize;
-    sizeAtExpanding = prefSize;
     sizeAtMaximum = prefSize;
 
     return true;
@@ -225,10 +220,20 @@ bool AnchorData::refreshSizeHints(const QLayoutStyleInfo *styleInfo)
 
 void ParallelAnchorData::updateChildrenSizes()
 {
-    firstEdge->sizeAtMinimum = secondEdge->sizeAtMinimum = sizeAtMinimum;
-    firstEdge->sizeAtPreferred = secondEdge->sizeAtPreferred = sizeAtPreferred;
-    firstEdge->sizeAtExpanding = secondEdge->sizeAtExpanding = sizeAtExpanding;
-    firstEdge->sizeAtMaximum = secondEdge->sizeAtMaximum = sizeAtMaximum;
+    firstEdge->sizeAtMinimum = sizeAtMinimum;
+    firstEdge->sizeAtPreferred = sizeAtPreferred;
+    firstEdge->sizeAtMaximum = sizeAtMaximum;
+
+    const bool secondFwd = (secondEdge->from == from);
+    if (secondFwd) {
+        secondEdge->sizeAtMinimum = sizeAtMinimum;
+        secondEdge->sizeAtPreferred = sizeAtPreferred;
+        secondEdge->sizeAtMaximum = sizeAtMaximum;
+    } else {
+        secondEdge->sizeAtMinimum = -sizeAtMinimum;
+        secondEdge->sizeAtPreferred = -sizeAtPreferred;
+        secondEdge->sizeAtMaximum = -sizeAtMaximum;
+    }
 
     firstEdge->updateChildrenSizes();
     secondEdge->updateChildrenSizes();
@@ -247,8 +252,16 @@ bool ParallelAnchorData::refreshSizeHints_helper(const QLayoutStyleInfo *styleIn
         return false;
     }
 
-    minSize = qMax(firstEdge->minSize, secondEdge->minSize);
-    maxSize = qMin(firstEdge->maxSize, secondEdge->maxSize);
+    // Account for parallel anchors where the second edge is backwards.
+    // We rely on the fact that a forward anchor of sizes min, pref, max is equivalent
+    // to a backwards anchor of size (-max, -pref, -min)
+    const bool secondFwd = (secondEdge->from == from);
+    const qreal secondMin = secondFwd ? secondEdge->minSize : -secondEdge->maxSize;
+    const qreal secondPref = secondFwd ? secondEdge->prefSize : -secondEdge->prefSize;
+    const qreal secondMax = secondFwd ? secondEdge->maxSize : -secondEdge->minSize;
+
+    minSize = qMax(firstEdge->minSize, secondMin);
+    maxSize = qMin(firstEdge->maxSize, secondMax);
 
     // This condition means that the maximum size of one anchor being simplified is smaller than
     // the minimum size of the other anchor. The consequence is that there won't be a valid size
@@ -257,16 +270,27 @@ bool ParallelAnchorData::refreshSizeHints_helper(const QLayoutStyleInfo *styleIn
         return false;
     }
 
-    expSize = qMax(firstEdge->expSize, secondEdge->expSize);
-    expSize = qMin(expSize, maxSize);
+    // The equivalent preferred Size of a parallel anchor is calculated as to
+    // reduce the deviation from the original preferred sizes _and_ to avoid shrinking
+    // items below their preferred sizes, unless strictly needed.
 
-    prefSize = qMax(firstEdge->prefSize, secondEdge->prefSize);
-    prefSize = qMin(prefSize, expSize);
+    // ### This logic only holds if all anchors in the layout are "well-behaved" in the
+    // following terms:
+    //
+    // - There are no negative-sized anchors
+    // - All sequential anchors are composed of children in the same direction as the
+    //   sequential anchor itself
+    //
+    // With these assumptions we can grow a child knowing that no hidden items will
+    // have to shrink as the result of that.
+    // If any of these does not hold, we have a situation where the ParallelAnchor
+    // does not have enough information to calculate its equivalent prefSize.
+    prefSize = qMax(firstEdge->prefSize, secondPref);
+    prefSize = qMin(prefSize, maxSize);
 
     // See comment in AnchorData::refreshSizeHints() about sizeAt* values
     sizeAtMinimum = prefSize;
     sizeAtPreferred = prefSize;
-    sizeAtExpanding = prefSize;
     sizeAtMaximum = prefSize;
 
     return true;
@@ -280,8 +304,7 @@ bool ParallelAnchorData::refreshSizeHints_helper(const QLayoutStyleInfo *styleIn
      1 is at Maximum
 */
 static QPair<QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::Interval, qreal> getFactor(qreal value, qreal min,
-                                                                      qreal pref, qreal exp,
-                                                                      qreal max)
+                                                                      qreal pref, qreal max)
 {
     QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::Interval interval;
     qreal lower;
@@ -291,13 +314,9 @@ static QPair<QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::Interval, qreal> getFactor(qreal valu
         interval = QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::MinToPreferred;
         lower = min;
         upper = pref;
-    } else if (value < exp) {
-        interval = QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::PreferredToExpanding;
-        lower = pref;
-        upper = exp;
     } else {
-        interval = QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::ExpandingToMax;
-        lower = exp;
+        interval = QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::PreferredToMax;
+        lower = pref;
         upper = max;
     }
 
@@ -313,7 +332,7 @@ static QPair<QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::Interval, qreal> getFactor(qreal valu
 
 static qreal interpolate(const QPair<QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::Interval, qreal> &factor,
                          qreal min, qreal pref,
-                         qreal exp, qreal max)
+                         qreal max)
 {
     qreal lower;
     qreal upper;
@@ -323,12 +342,8 @@ static qreal interpolate(const QPair<QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::Interval, qre
         lower = min;
         upper = pref;
         break;
-    case QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::PreferredToExpanding:
+    case QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::PreferredToMax:
         lower = pref;
-        upper = exp;
-        break;
-    case QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::ExpandingToMax:
-        lower = exp;
         upper = max;
         break;
     }
@@ -341,34 +356,31 @@ void SequentialAnchorData::updateChildrenSizes()
     // ### REMOVE ME
     // ### check whether we are guarantee to get those or we need to warn stuff at this
     // point.
-    Q_ASSERT(sizeAtMinimum > minSize || qFuzzyCompare(sizeAtMinimum, minSize));
-    Q_ASSERT(sizeAtMinimum < maxSize || qFuzzyCompare(sizeAtMinimum, maxSize));
-    Q_ASSERT(sizeAtPreferred > minSize || qFuzzyCompare(sizeAtPreferred, minSize));
-    Q_ASSERT(sizeAtPreferred < maxSize || qFuzzyCompare(sizeAtPreferred, maxSize));
-    Q_ASSERT(sizeAtExpanding > minSize || qFuzzyCompare(sizeAtExpanding, minSize));
-    Q_ASSERT(sizeAtExpanding < maxSize || qFuzzyCompare(sizeAtExpanding, maxSize));
-    Q_ASSERT(sizeAtMaximum > minSize || qFuzzyCompare(sizeAtMaximum, minSize));
-    Q_ASSERT(sizeAtMaximum < maxSize || qFuzzyCompare(sizeAtMaximum, maxSize));
+    Q_ASSERT(sizeAtMinimum > minSize || qAbs(sizeAtMinimum - minSize) < 0.00000001);
+    Q_ASSERT(sizeAtPreferred > minSize || qAbs(sizeAtPreferred - minSize) < 0.00000001);
+    Q_ASSERT(sizeAtMaximum > minSize || qAbs(sizeAtMaximum - minSize) < 0.00000001);
+
+    // These may be false if this anchor was in parallel with the layout stucture
+    // Q_ASSERT(sizeAtMinimum < maxSize || qAbs(sizeAtMinimum - maxSize) < 0.00000001);
+    // Q_ASSERT(sizeAtPreferred < maxSize || qAbs(sizeAtPreferred - maxSize) < 0.00000001);
+    // Q_ASSERT(sizeAtMaximum < maxSize || qAbs(sizeAtMaximum - maxSize) < 0.00000001);
 
     // Band here refers if the value is in the Minimum To Preferred
     // band (the lower band) or the Preferred To Maximum (the upper band).
 
     const QPair<QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::Interval, qreal> minFactor =
-        getFactor(sizeAtMinimum, minSize, prefSize, expSize, maxSize);
+        getFactor(sizeAtMinimum, minSize, prefSize, maxSize);
     const QPair<QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::Interval, qreal> prefFactor =
-        getFactor(sizeAtPreferred, minSize, prefSize, expSize, maxSize);
-    const QPair<QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::Interval, qreal> expFactor =
-        getFactor(sizeAtExpanding, minSize, prefSize, expSize, maxSize);
+        getFactor(sizeAtPreferred, minSize, prefSize, maxSize);
     const QPair<QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::Interval, qreal> maxFactor =
-        getFactor(sizeAtMaximum, minSize, prefSize, expSize, maxSize);
+        getFactor(sizeAtMaximum, minSize, prefSize, maxSize);
 
     for (int i = 0; i < m_edges.count(); ++i) {
         AnchorData *e = m_edges.at(i);
 
-        e->sizeAtMinimum = interpolate(minFactor, e->minSize, e->prefSize, e->expSize, e->maxSize);
-        e->sizeAtPreferred = interpolate(prefFactor, e->minSize, e->prefSize, e->expSize, e->maxSize);
-        e->sizeAtExpanding = interpolate(expFactor, e->minSize, e->prefSize, e->expSize, e->maxSize);
-        e->sizeAtMaximum = interpolate(maxFactor, e->minSize, e->prefSize, e->expSize, e->maxSize);
+        e->sizeAtMinimum = interpolate(minFactor, e->minSize, e->prefSize, e->maxSize);
+        e->sizeAtPreferred = interpolate(prefFactor, e->minSize, e->prefSize, e->maxSize);
+        e->sizeAtMaximum = interpolate(maxFactor, e->minSize, e->prefSize, e->maxSize);
 
         e->updateChildrenSizes();
     }
@@ -384,7 +396,6 @@ bool SequentialAnchorData::refreshSizeHints_helper(const QLayoutStyleInfo *style
 {
     minSize = 0;
     prefSize = 0;
-    expSize = 0;
     maxSize = 0;
 
     for (int i = 0; i < m_edges.count(); ++i) {
@@ -396,14 +407,12 @@ bool SequentialAnchorData::refreshSizeHints_helper(const QLayoutStyleInfo *style
 
         minSize += edge->minSize;
         prefSize += edge->prefSize;
-        expSize += edge->expSize;
         maxSize += edge->maxSize;
     }
 
     // See comment in AnchorData::refreshSizeHints() about sizeAt* values
     sizeAtMinimum = prefSize;
     sizeAtPreferred = prefSize;
-    sizeAtExpanding = prefSize;
     sizeAtMaximum = prefSize;
 
     return true;
@@ -478,12 +487,15 @@ QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate()
         for (int j = 0; j < 3; ++j) {
             sizeHints[i][j] = -1;
         }
-        sizeAtExpanding[i] = -1;
         interpolationProgress[i] = -1;
 
         spacings[i] = -1;
         graphSimplified[i] = false;
         graphHasConflicts[i] = false;
+
+        layoutFirstVertex[i] = 0;
+        layoutCentralVertex[i] = 0;
+        layoutLastVertex[i] = 0;
     }
 }
 
@@ -526,33 +538,67 @@ inline static qreal checkAdd(qreal a, qreal b)
 /*!
     \internal
 
-    Adds \a newAnchor to the graph \a g.
+    Adds \a newAnchor to the graph.
 
     Returns the newAnchor itself if it could be added without further changes to the graph. If a
-    new parallel anchor had to be created, then returns the new parallel anchor. In case the
-    addition is unfeasible -- because a parallel setup is not possible, returns 0.
+    new parallel anchor had to be created, then returns the new parallel anchor. If a parallel anchor
+    had to be created and it results in an unfeasible setup, \a feasible is set to false, otherwise
+    true.
+
+    Note that in the case a new parallel anchor is created, it might also take over some constraints
+    from its children anchors.
 */
-static AnchorData *addAnchorMaybeParallel(Graph<AnchorVertex, AnchorData> *g,
-                                          AnchorData *newAnchor)
+AnchorData *QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::addAnchorMaybeParallel(AnchorData *newAnchor, bool *feasible)
 {
-    bool feasible = true;
+    Orientation orientation = Orientation(newAnchor->orientation);
+    Graph<AnchorVertex, AnchorData> &g = graph[orientation];
+    *feasible = true;
 
     // If already exists one anchor where newAnchor is supposed to be, we create a parallel
     // anchor.
-    if (AnchorData *oldAnchor = g->takeEdge(newAnchor->from, newAnchor->to)) {
+    if (AnchorData *oldAnchor = g.takeEdge(newAnchor->from, newAnchor->to)) {
         ParallelAnchorData *parallel = new ParallelAnchorData(oldAnchor, newAnchor);
 
+        // The parallel anchor will "replace" its children anchors in
+        // every center constraint that they appear.
+
+        // ### If the dependent (center) anchors had reference(s) to their constraints, we
+        // could avoid traversing all the itemCenterConstraints.
+        QList<QSimplexConstraint *> &constraints = itemCenterConstraints[orientation];
+
+        AnchorData *children[2] = { oldAnchor, newAnchor };
+        QList<QSimplexConstraint *> *childrenConstraints[2] = { &parallel->m_firstConstraints,
+                                                                &parallel->m_secondConstraints };
+
+        for (int i = 0; i < 2; ++i) {
+            AnchorData *child = children[i];
+            QList<QSimplexConstraint *> *childConstraints = childrenConstraints[i];
+
+            if (!child->isCenterAnchor)
+                continue;
+
+            parallel->isCenterAnchor = true;
+
+            for (int i = 0; i < constraints.count(); ++i) {
+                QSimplexConstraint *c = constraints[i];
+                if (c->variables.contains(child)) {
+                    childConstraints->append(c);
+                    qreal v = c->variables.take(child);
+                    c->variables.insert(parallel, v);
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
         // At this point we can identify that the parallel anchor is not feasible, e.g. one
         // anchor minimum size is bigger than the other anchor maximum size.
-        feasible = parallel->refreshSizeHints_helper(0, false);
+        *feasible = parallel->refreshSizeHints_helper(0, false);
         newAnchor = parallel;
     }
 
-    g->createEdge(newAnchor->from, newAnchor->to, newAnchor);
-    return feasible ? newAnchor : 0;
+    g.createEdge(newAnchor->from, newAnchor->to, newAnchor);
+    return newAnchor;
 }
 
-
 /*!
     \internal
 
@@ -656,30 +702,185 @@ bool QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::simplifyGraph(Orientation orientation)
 
     if (graphSimplified[orientation])
         return true;
-    graphSimplified[orientation] = true;
 
 #if 0
     qDebug("Simplifying Graph for %s",
            orientation == Horizontal ? "Horizontal" : "Vertical");
 #endif
 
-    if (!graph[orientation].rootVertex())
-        return true;
+    // Vertex simplification
+    if (!simplifyVertices(orientation)) {
+        restoreVertices(orientation);
+        return false;
+    }
 
+    // Anchor simplification
     bool dirty;
     bool feasible = true;
     do {
         dirty = simplifyGraphIteration(orientation, &feasible);
     } while (dirty && feasible);
 
-    if (!feasible)
-        graphSimplified[orientation] = false;
+    // Note that if we are not feasible, we fallback and make sure that the graph is fully restored
+    if (!feasible) {
+        graphSimplified[orientation] = true;
+        restoreSimplifiedGraph(orientation);
+        restoreVertices(orientation);
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    graphSimplified[orientation] = true;
+    return true;
+}
+
+static AnchorVertex *replaceVertex_helper(AnchorData *data, AnchorVertex *oldV, AnchorVertex *newV)
+{
+    AnchorVertex *other;
+    if (data->from == oldV) {
+        data->from = newV;
+        other = data->to;
+    } else {
+        data->to = newV;
+        other = data->from;
+    }
+    return other;
+}
+
+bool QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::replaceVertex(Orientation orientation, AnchorVertex *oldV,
+                                                 AnchorVertex *newV, const QList<AnchorData *> &edges)
+{
+    Graph<AnchorVertex, AnchorData> &g = graph[orientation];
+    bool feasible = true;
+
+    for (int i = 0; i < edges.count(); ++i) {
+        AnchorData *ad = edges[i];
+        AnchorVertex *otherV = replaceVertex_helper(ad, oldV, newV);
+
+#if defined(QT_DEBUG)
+        ad->name = QString::fromAscii("%1 --to--> %2").arg(ad->from->toString()).arg(ad->to->toString());
+#endif
+
+        bool newFeasible;
+        AnchorData *newAnchor = addAnchorMaybeParallel(ad, &newFeasible);
+        feasible &= newFeasible;
+
+        if (newAnchor != ad) {
+            // A parallel was created, we mark that in the list of anchors created by vertex
+            // simplification. This is needed because we want to restore them in a separate step
+            // from the restoration of anchor simplification.
+            anchorsFromSimplifiedVertices[orientation].append(newAnchor);
+        }
+
+        g.takeEdge(oldV, otherV);
+    }
 
     return feasible;
 }
 
 /*!
     \internal
+*/
+bool QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::simplifyVertices(Orientation orientation)
+{
+    Q_Q(QGraphicsAnchorLayout);
+    Graph<AnchorVertex, AnchorData> &g = graph[orientation];
+
+    // We'll walk through vertices
+    QStack<AnchorVertex *> stack;
+    stack.push(layoutFirstVertex[orientation]);
+    QSet<AnchorVertex *> visited;
+
+    while (!stack.isEmpty()) {
+        AnchorVertex *v = stack.pop();
+        visited.insert(v);
+
+        // Each adjacent of 'v' is a possible vertex to be merged. So we traverse all of
+        // them. Since once a merge is made, we might add new adjacents, and we don't want to
+        // pass two times through one adjacent. The 'index' is used to track our position.
+        QList<AnchorVertex *> adjacents = g.adjacentVertices(v);
+        int index = 0;
+
+        while (index < adjacents.count()) {
+            AnchorVertex *next = adjacents.at(index);
+            index++;
+
+            AnchorData *data = g.edgeData(v, next);
+            const bool bothLayoutVertices = v->m_item == q && next->m_item == q;
+            const bool zeroSized = !data->minSize && !data->maxSize;
+
+            if (!bothLayoutVertices && zeroSized) {
+
+                // Create a new vertex pair, note that we keep a list of those vertices so we can
+                // easily process them when restoring the graph.
+                AnchorVertexPair *newV = new AnchorVertexPair(v, next, data);
+                simplifiedVertices[orientation].append(newV);
+
+                // Collect the anchors of both vertices, the new vertex pair will take their place
+                // in those anchors
+                const QList<AnchorVertex *> &vAdjacents = g.adjacentVertices(v);
+                const QList<AnchorVertex *> &nextAdjacents = g.adjacentVertices(next);
+
+                for (int i = 0; i < vAdjacents.count(); ++i) {
+                    AnchorVertex *adjacent = vAdjacents.at(i);
+                    if (adjacent != next) {
+                        AnchorData *ad = g.edgeData(v, adjacent);
+                        newV->m_firstAnchors.append(ad);
+                    }
+                }
+
+                for (int i = 0; i < nextAdjacents.count(); ++i) {
+                    AnchorVertex *adjacent = nextAdjacents.at(i);
+                    if (adjacent != v) {
+                        AnchorData *ad = g.edgeData(next, adjacent);
+                        newV->m_secondAnchors.append(ad);
+
+                        // We'll also add new vertices to the adjacent list of the new 'v', to be
+                        // created as a vertex pair and replace the current one.
+                        if (!adjacents.contains(adjacent))
+                            adjacents.append(adjacent);
+                    }
+                }
+
+                // ### merge this loop into the ones that calculated m_firstAnchors/m_secondAnchors?
+                // Make newV take the place of v and next
+                bool feasible = replaceVertex(orientation, v, newV, newV->m_firstAnchors);
+                feasible &= replaceVertex(orientation, next, newV, newV->m_secondAnchors);
+
+                // Update the layout vertex information if one of the vertices is a layout vertex.
+                AnchorVertex *layoutVertex = 0;
+                if (v->m_item == q)
+                    layoutVertex = v;
+                else if (next->m_item == q)
+                    layoutVertex = next;
+
+                if (layoutVertex) {
+                    // Layout vertices always have m_item == q...
+                    newV->m_item = q;
+                    changeLayoutVertex(orientation, layoutVertex, newV);
+                }
+
+                g.takeEdge(v, next);
+
+                // If a non-feasibility is found, we leave early and cancel the simplification
+                if (!feasible)
+                    return false;
+
+                v = newV;
+                visited.insert(newV);
+
+            } else if (!visited.contains(next) && !stack.contains(next)) {
+                // If the adjacent is not fit for merge and it wasn't visited by the outermost
+                // loop, we add it to the stack.
+                stack.push(next);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
 
     One iteration of the simplification algorithm. Returns true if another iteration is needed.
 
@@ -700,7 +901,7 @@ bool QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::simplifyGraphIteration(QGraphicsAnchorLayoutP
 
     QSet<AnchorVertex *> visited;
     QStack<QPair<AnchorVertex *, AnchorVertex *> > stack;
-    stack.push(qMakePair(static_cast<AnchorVertex *>(0), g.rootVertex()));
+    stack.push(qMakePair(static_cast<AnchorVertex *>(0), layoutFirstVertex[orientation]));
     QVector<AnchorVertex*> candidates;
     bool candidatesForward;
 
@@ -719,7 +920,8 @@ bool QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::simplifyGraphIteration(QGraphicsAnchorLayoutP
         // (a) it is a layout vertex, we don't simplify away the layout vertices;
         // (b) it does not have exactly 2 adjacents;
         // (c) it will change the direction of the sequence;
-        // (d) its next adjacent is already visited (a cycle in the graph).
+        // (d) its next adjacent is already visited (a cycle in the graph);
+        // (e) the next anchor is a center anchor.
 
         const QList<AnchorVertex *> &adjacents = g.adjacentVertices(v);
         const bool isLayoutVertex = v->m_item == q;
@@ -742,13 +944,14 @@ bool QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::simplifyGraphIteration(QGraphicsAnchorLayoutP
                 candidatesForward = (beforeSequence == data->from);
             }
 
-            // This is a tricky part. We peek at the next vertex to find out
+            // This is a tricky part. We peek at the next vertex to find out whether
             //
-            // - whether the edge from this vertex to the next vertex has the same direction;
-            // - whether we already visited the next vertex.
+            // - the edge from this vertex to the next vertex has the same direction;
+            // - we already visited the next vertex;
+            // - the next anchor is a center.
             //
-            // Those are needed to identify (c) and (d). Note that unlike (a) and (b), we preempt
-            // the end of sequence by looking into the next vertex.
+            // Those are needed to identify the remaining end of sequence cases. Note that unlike
+            // (a) and (b), we preempt the end of sequence by looking into the next vertex.
 
             // Peek at the next vertex
             AnchorVertex *after;
@@ -766,8 +969,8 @@ bool QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::simplifyGraphIteration(QGraphicsAnchorLayoutP
             const bool willChangeDirection = (candidatesForward != (v == data->from));
             const bool cycleFound = visited.contains(after);
 
-            // Now cases (c) and (d)...
-            endOfSequence = willChangeDirection || cycleFound;
+            // Now cases (c), (d) and (e)...
+            endOfSequence = willChangeDirection || cycleFound || data->isCenterAnchor;
 
             if (endOfSequence) {
                 if (!willChangeDirection) {
@@ -839,9 +1042,10 @@ bool QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::simplifyGraphIteration(QGraphicsAnchorLayoutP
 
         // If 'beforeSequence' and 'afterSequence' already had an anchor between them, we'll
         // create a parallel anchor between the new sequence and the old anchor.
-        AnchorData *newAnchor = addAnchorMaybeParallel(&g, sequence);
+        bool newFeasible;
+        AnchorData *newAnchor = addAnchorMaybeParallel(sequence, &newFeasible);
 
-        if (!newAnchor) {
+        if (!newFeasible) {
             *feasible = false;
             return false;
         }
@@ -861,48 +1065,70 @@ bool QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::simplifyGraphIteration(QGraphicsAnchorLayoutP
     return false;
 }
 
-static void restoreSimplifiedAnchor(Graph<AnchorVertex, AnchorData> &g,
-                                    AnchorData *edge,
-                                    AnchorVertex *before,
-                                    AnchorVertex *after)
+void QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::restoreSimplifiedAnchor(AnchorData *edge)
 {
-    Q_ASSERT(edge->type != AnchorData::Normal);
 #if 0
     static const char *anchortypes[] = {"Normal",
                                         "Sequential",
                                         "Parallel"};
     qDebug("Restoring %s edge.", anchortypes[int(edge->type)]);
 #endif
-    if (edge->type == AnchorData::Sequential) {
-        SequentialAnchorData* seqEdge = static_cast<SequentialAnchorData*>(edge);
-        // restore the sequential anchor
-        AnchorVertex *prev = before;
-        AnchorVertex *last = after;
-        if (edge->from != prev)
-            qSwap(last, prev);
-
-        for (int i = 0; i < seqEdge->m_edges.count(); ++i) {
-            AnchorVertex *v1 = (i < seqEdge->m_children.count()) ? seqEdge->m_children.at(i) : last;
-            AnchorData *data = seqEdge->m_edges.at(i);
-            if (data->type != AnchorData::Normal) {
-                restoreSimplifiedAnchor(g, data, prev, v1);
-            } else {
-                g.createEdge(prev, v1, data);
-            }
-            prev = v1;
+
+    Graph<AnchorVertex, AnchorData> &g = graph[edge->orientation];
+
+    if (edge->type == AnchorData::Normal) {
+        g.createEdge(edge->from, edge->to, edge);
+
+    } else if (edge->type == AnchorData::Sequential) {
+        SequentialAnchorData *sequence = static_cast<SequentialAnchorData *>(edge);
+
+        for (int i = 0; i < sequence->m_edges.count(); ++i) {
+            AnchorData *data = sequence->m_edges.at(i);
+            restoreSimplifiedAnchor(data);
         }
+
+        delete sequence;
+
     } else if (edge->type == AnchorData::Parallel) {
-        ParallelAnchorData* parallelEdge = static_cast<ParallelAnchorData*>(edge);
-        AnchorData *parallelEdges[2] = {parallelEdge->firstEdge,
-                                        parallelEdge->secondEdge};
-        for (int i = 0; i < 2; ++i) {
-            AnchorData *data = parallelEdges[i];
-            if (data->type == AnchorData::Normal) {
-                g.createEdge(before, after, data);
-            } else {
-                restoreSimplifiedAnchor(g, data, before, after);
-            }
-        }
+
+        // Skip parallel anchors that were created by vertex simplification, they will be processed
+        // later, when restoring vertex simplification.
+        // ### we could improve this check bit having a bit inside 'edge'
+        if (anchorsFromSimplifiedVertices[edge->orientation].contains(edge))
+            return;
+
+        ParallelAnchorData* parallel = static_cast<ParallelAnchorData*>(edge);
+        restoreSimplifiedConstraints(parallel);
+
+        // ### Because of the way parallel anchors are created in the anchor simplification
+        // algorithm, we know that one of these will be a sequence, so it'll be safe if the other
+        // anchor create an edge between the same vertices as the parallel.
+        Q_ASSERT(parallel->firstEdge->type == AnchorData::Sequential
+                 || parallel->secondEdge->type == AnchorData::Sequential);
+        restoreSimplifiedAnchor(parallel->firstEdge);
+        restoreSimplifiedAnchor(parallel->secondEdge);
+
+        delete parallel;
+    }
+}
+
+void QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::restoreSimplifiedConstraints(ParallelAnchorData *parallel)
+{
+    if (!parallel->isCenterAnchor)
+        return;
+
+    for (int i = 0; i < parallel->m_firstConstraints.count(); ++i) {
+        QSimplexConstraint *c = parallel->m_firstConstraints.at(i);
+        qreal v = c->variables[parallel];
+        c->variables.remove(parallel);
+        c->variables.insert(parallel->firstEdge, v);
+    }
+
+    for (int i = 0; i < parallel->m_secondConstraints.count(); ++i) {
+        QSimplexConstraint *c = parallel->m_secondConstraints.at(i);
+        qreal v = c->variables[parallel];
+        c->variables.remove(parallel);
+        c->variables.insert(parallel->secondEdge, v);
     }
 }
 
@@ -917,19 +1143,93 @@ void QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::restoreSimplifiedGraph(Orientation orientatio
            orientation == Horizontal ? "Horizontal" : "Vertical");
 #endif
 
+    // Restore anchor simplification
     Graph<AnchorVertex, AnchorData> &g = graph[orientation];
-
     QList<QPair<AnchorVertex*, AnchorVertex*> > connections = g.connections();
     for (int i = 0; i < connections.count(); ++i) {
         AnchorVertex *v1 = connections.at(i).first;
         AnchorVertex *v2 = connections.at(i).second;
         AnchorData *edge = g.edgeData(v1, v2);
-        if (edge->type != AnchorData::Normal) {
-            AnchorData *oldEdge = g.takeEdge(v1, v2);
-            restoreSimplifiedAnchor(g, edge, v1, v2);
-            delete oldEdge;
+
+        // We restore only sequential anchors and parallels that were not created by
+        // vertex simplification.
+        if (edge->type == AnchorData::Sequential
+            || (edge->type == AnchorData::Parallel &&
+                !anchorsFromSimplifiedVertices[orientation].contains(edge))) {
+
+            g.takeEdge(v1, v2);
+            restoreSimplifiedAnchor(edge);
         }
     }
+
+    restoreVertices(orientation);
+}
+
+void QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::restoreVertices(Orientation orientation)
+{
+    Q_Q(QGraphicsAnchorLayout);
+
+    Graph<AnchorVertex, AnchorData> &g = graph[orientation];
+    QList<AnchorVertexPair *> &toRestore = simplifiedVertices[orientation];
+
+    // We will restore the vertices in the inverse order of creation, this way we ensure that
+    // the vertex being restored was not wrapped by another simplification.
+    for (int i = toRestore.count() - 1; i >= 0; --i) {
+        AnchorVertexPair *pair = toRestore.at(i);
+        QList<AnchorVertex *> adjacents = g.adjacentVertices(pair);
+
+        // Restore the removed edge, this will also restore both vertices 'first' and 'second' to
+        // the graph structure.
+        AnchorVertex *first = pair->m_first;
+        AnchorVertex *second = pair->m_second;
+        g.createEdge(first, second, pair->m_removedAnchor);
+
+        // Restore the anchors for the first child vertex
+        for (int j = 0; j < pair->m_firstAnchors.count(); ++j) {
+            AnchorData *ad = pair->m_firstAnchors.at(j);
+            Q_ASSERT(ad->from == pair || ad->to == pair);
+
+            replaceVertex_helper(ad, pair, first);
+            g.createEdge(ad->from, ad->to, ad);
+        }
+
+        // Restore the anchors for the second child vertex
+        for (int j = 0; j < pair->m_secondAnchors.count(); ++j) {
+            AnchorData *ad = pair->m_secondAnchors.at(j);
+            Q_ASSERT(ad->from == pair || ad->to == pair);
+
+            replaceVertex_helper(ad, pair, second);
+            g.createEdge(ad->from, ad->to, ad);
+        }
+
+        for (int j = 0; j < adjacents.count(); ++j) {
+            g.takeEdge(pair, adjacents.at(j));
+        }
+
+        // The pair simplified a layout vertex, so place back the correct vertex in the variable
+        // that track layout vertices
+        if (pair->m_item == q) {
+            AnchorVertex *layoutVertex = first->m_item == q ? first : second;
+            Q_ASSERT(layoutVertex->m_item == q);
+            changeLayoutVertex(orientation, pair, layoutVertex);
+        }
+
+        delete pair;
+    }
+    toRestore.clear();
+
+    // The restoration process for vertex simplification also restored the effect of the
+    // parallel anchors created during vertex simplification, so we just need to restore
+    // the constraints in case of parallels that contain center anchors. For the same
+    // reason as above, order matters here.
+    QList<AnchorData *> &parallelAnchors = anchorsFromSimplifiedVertices[orientation];
+
+    for (int i = parallelAnchors.count() - 1; i >= 0; --i) {
+        ParallelAnchorData *parallel = static_cast<ParallelAnchorData *>(parallelAnchors.at(i));
+        restoreSimplifiedConstraints(parallel);
+        delete parallel;
+    }
+    parallelAnchors.clear();
 }
 
 QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::Orientation
@@ -959,9 +1259,10 @@ void QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::createLayoutEdges()
     data->maxSize = QWIDGETSIZE_MAX;
     data->skipInPreferred = 1;
 
-    // Set the Layout Left edge as the root of the horizontal graph.
-    AnchorVertex *v = internalVertex(layout, Qt::AnchorLeft);
-    graph[Horizontal].setRootVertex(v);
+    // Save a reference to layout vertices
+    layoutFirstVertex[Horizontal] = internalVertex(layout, Qt::AnchorLeft);
+    layoutCentralVertex[Horizontal] = 0;
+    layoutLastVertex[Horizontal] = internalVertex(layout, Qt::AnchorRight);
 
     // Vertical
     data = new AnchorData;
@@ -970,17 +1271,18 @@ void QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::createLayoutEdges()
     data->maxSize = QWIDGETSIZE_MAX;
     data->skipInPreferred = 1;
 
-    // Set the Layout Top edge as the root of the vertical graph.
-    v = internalVertex(layout, Qt::AnchorTop);
-    graph[Vertical].setRootVertex(v);
+    // Save a reference to layout vertices
+    layoutFirstVertex[Vertical] = internalVertex(layout, Qt::AnchorTop);
+    layoutCentralVertex[Vertical] = 0;
+    layoutLastVertex[Vertical] = internalVertex(layout, Qt::AnchorBottom);
 }
 
 void QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::deleteLayoutEdges()
 {
     Q_Q(QGraphicsAnchorLayout);
 
-    Q_ASSERT(internalVertex(q, Qt::AnchorHorizontalCenter) == NULL);
-    Q_ASSERT(internalVertex(q, Qt::AnchorVerticalCenter) == NULL);
+    Q_ASSERT(!internalVertex(q, Qt::AnchorHorizontalCenter));
+    Q_ASSERT(!internalVertex(q, Qt::AnchorVerticalCenter));
 
     removeAnchor_helper(internalVertex(q, Qt::AnchorLeft),
                         internalVertex(q, Qt::AnchorRight));
@@ -1019,6 +1321,8 @@ void QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::createItemEdges(QGraphicsLayoutItem *item)
 void QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::createCenterAnchors(
     QGraphicsLayoutItem *item, Qt::AnchorPoint centerEdge)
 {
+    Q_Q(QGraphicsAnchorLayout);
+
     Orientation orientation;
     switch (centerEdge) {
     case Qt::AnchorHorizontalCenter:
@@ -1061,24 +1365,32 @@ void QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::createCenterAnchors(
     c->variables.insert(data, 1.0);
     addAnchor_helper(item, firstEdge, item, centerEdge, data);
     data->isCenterAnchor = true;
+    data->dependency = AnchorData::Master;
     data->refreshSizeHints(0);
 
     data = new AnchorData;
     c->variables.insert(data, -1.0);
     addAnchor_helper(item, centerEdge, item, lastEdge, data);
     data->isCenterAnchor = true;
+    data->dependency = AnchorData::Slave;
     data->refreshSizeHints(0);
 
     itemCenterConstraints[orientation].append(c);
 
     // Remove old one
     removeAnchor_helper(first, last);
+
+    if (item == q) {
+        layoutCentralVertex[orientation] = internalVertex(q, centerEdge);
+    }
 }
 
 void QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::removeCenterAnchors(
     QGraphicsLayoutItem *item, Qt::AnchorPoint centerEdge,
     bool substitute)
 {
+    Q_Q(QGraphicsAnchorLayout);
+
     Orientation orientation;
     switch (centerEdge) {
     case Qt::AnchorHorizontalCenter:
@@ -1120,7 +1432,7 @@ void QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::removeCenterAnchors(
     AnchorData *oldData = g.edgeData(first, center);
     // Remove center constraint
     for (int i = itemCenterConstraints[orientation].count() - 1; i >= 0; --i) {
-        if (itemCenterConstraints[orientation][i]->variables.contains(oldData)) {
+        if (itemCenterConstraints[orientation].at(i)->variables.contains(oldData)) {
             delete itemCenterConstraints[orientation].takeAt(i);
             break;
         }
@@ -1151,6 +1463,10 @@ void QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::removeCenterAnchors(
         // by this time, the center vertex is deleted and merged into a non-centered internal anchor
         removeAnchor_helper(first, internalVertex(item, lastEdge));
     }
+
+    if (item == q) {
+        layoutCentralVertex[orientation] = 0;
+    }
 }
 
 
@@ -1180,7 +1496,7 @@ void QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::removeCenterConstraints(QGraphicsLayoutItem *
 
     // Look for our anchor in all item center constraints, then remove it
     for (int i = 0; i < itemCenterConstraints[orientation].size(); ++i) {
-        if (itemCenterConstraints[orientation][i]->variables.contains(internalAnchor)) {
+        if (itemCenterConstraints[orientation].at(i)->variables.contains(internalAnchor)) {
             delete itemCenterConstraints[orientation].takeAt(i);
             break;
         }
@@ -1690,7 +2006,7 @@ QList<AnchorData *> getVariables(QList<QSimplexConstraint *> constraints)
 {
     QSet<AnchorData *> variableSet;
     for (int i = 0; i < constraints.count(); ++i) {
-        const QSimplexConstraint *c = constraints[i];
+        const QSimplexConstraint *c = constraints.at(i);
         foreach (QSimplexVariable *var, c->variables.keys()) {
             variableSet += static_cast<AnchorData *>(var);
         }
@@ -1724,12 +2040,19 @@ QList<AnchorData *> getVariables(QList<QSimplexConstraint *> constraints)
 void QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::calculateGraphs(
     QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::Orientation orientation)
 {
-    Q_Q(QGraphicsAnchorLayout);
-
 #if defined(QT_DEBUG) || defined(Q_AUTOTEST_EXPORT)
     lastCalculationUsedSimplex[orientation] = false;
 #endif
 
+    // ### This is necessary because now we do vertex simplification, we still don't know
+    // differentiate between invalidate()s that doesn't need resimplification and those which
+    // need. For example, when size hint of an item changes, this may cause an anchor to reach 0 or to
+    // leave 0 and get a size. In both cases we need resimplify.
+    //
+    // ### one possible solution would be tracking all the 0-sized anchors, if this set change, we need
+    // resimplify.
+    restoreSimplifiedGraph(orientation);
+
     // Reset the nominal sizes of each anchor based on the current item sizes.  This function
     // works with both simplified and non-simplified graphs, so it'll work when the
     // simplification is going to be reused.
@@ -1768,12 +2091,12 @@ void QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::calculateGraphs(
     // Now run the simplex solver to calculate Minimum, Preferred and Maximum sizes
     // of the "trunk" set of constraints and variables.
     // ### does trunk always exist? empty = trunk is the layout left->center->right
-    QList<QSimplexConstraint *> trunkConstraints = parts[0];
+    QList<QSimplexConstraint *> trunkConstraints = parts.at(0);
     QList<AnchorData *> trunkVariables = getVariables(trunkConstraints);
 
     // For minimum and maximum, use the path between the two layout sides as the
     // objective function.
-    AnchorVertex *v = internalVertex(q, pickEdge(Qt::AnchorRight, orientation));
+    AnchorVertex *v = layoutLastVertex[orientation];
     GraphPath trunkPath = graphPaths[orientation].value(v);
 
     bool feasible = calculateTrunk(orientation, trunkPath, trunkConstraints, trunkVariables);
@@ -1787,7 +2110,7 @@ void QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::calculateGraphs(
         if (!feasible)
             break;
 
-        QList<QSimplexConstraint *> partConstraints = parts[i];
+        QList<QSimplexConstraint *> partConstraints = parts.at(i);
         QList<AnchorData *> partVariables = getVariables(partConstraints);
         Q_ASSERT(!partVariables.isEmpty());
         feasible &= calculateNonTrunk(partConstraints, partVariables);
@@ -1836,27 +2159,19 @@ bool QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::calculateTrunk(Orientation orientation, const
         if (feasible) {
             solvePreferred(allConstraints, variables);
 
-            // Note that we don't include the sizeHintConstraints, since they
-            // have a different logic for solveExpanding().
-            solveExpanding(constraints, variables);
-
-            // Calculate and set the preferred and expanding sizes for the layout,
+            // Calculate and set the preferred size for the layout,
             // from the edge sizes that were calculated above.
             qreal pref(0.0);
-            qreal expanding(0.0);
             foreach (const AnchorData *ad, path.positives) {
                 pref += ad->sizeAtPreferred;
-                expanding += ad->sizeAtExpanding;
             }
             foreach (const AnchorData *ad, path.negatives) {
                 pref -= ad->sizeAtPreferred;
-                expanding -= ad->sizeAtExpanding;
             }
 
             sizeHints[orientation][Qt::MinimumSize] = min;
             sizeHints[orientation][Qt::PreferredSize] = pref;
             sizeHints[orientation][Qt::MaximumSize] = max;
-            sizeAtExpanding[orientation] = expanding;
         }
 
         qDeleteAll(sizeHintConstraints);
@@ -1870,13 +2185,11 @@ bool QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::calculateTrunk(Orientation orientation, const
         AnchorData *ad = path.positives.toList()[0];
         ad->sizeAtMinimum = ad->minSize;
         ad->sizeAtPreferred = ad->prefSize;
-        ad->sizeAtExpanding = ad->expSize;
         ad->sizeAtMaximum = ad->maxSize;
 
         sizeHints[orientation][Qt::MinimumSize] = ad->sizeAtMinimum;
         sizeHints[orientation][Qt::PreferredSize] = ad->sizeAtPreferred;
         sizeHints[orientation][Qt::MaximumSize] = ad->sizeAtMaximum;
-        sizeAtExpanding[orientation] = ad->sizeAtExpanding;
     }
 
 #if defined(QT_DEBUG) || defined(Q_AUTOTEST_EXPORT)
@@ -1899,10 +2212,9 @@ bool QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::calculateNonTrunk(const QList<QSimplexConstra
         // Propagate size at preferred to other sizes. Semi-floats always will be
         // in their sizeAtPreferred.
         for (int j = 0; j < variables.count(); ++j) {
-            AnchorData *ad = variables[j];
+            AnchorData *ad = variables.at(j);
             Q_ASSERT(ad);
             ad->sizeAtMinimum = ad->sizeAtPreferred;
-            ad->sizeAtExpanding = ad->sizeAtPreferred;
             ad->sizeAtMaximum = ad->sizeAtPreferred;
         }
     }
@@ -1955,7 +2267,7 @@ void QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::findPaths(Orientation orientation)
 
     QSet<AnchorData *> visited;
 
-    AnchorVertex *root = graph[orientation].rootVertex();
+    AnchorVertex *root = layoutFirstVertex[orientation];
 
     graphPaths[orientation].insert(root, GraphPath());
 
@@ -2013,7 +2325,7 @@ void QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::constraintsFromPaths(Orientation orientation)
         QList<GraphPath> pathsToVertex = graphPaths[orientation].values(vertex);
         for (int i = 1; i < valueCount; ++i) {
             constraints[orientation] += \
-                pathsToVertex[0].constraint(pathsToVertex[i]);
+                pathsToVertex[0].constraint(pathsToVertex.at(i));
         }
     }
 }
@@ -2041,9 +2353,37 @@ void QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::updateAnchorSizes(Orientation orientation)
 QList<QSimplexConstraint *> QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::constraintsFromSizeHints(
     const QList<AnchorData *> &anchors)
 {
+    if (anchors.isEmpty())
+        return QList<QSimplexConstraint *>();
+
+    // Look for the layout edge. That can be either the first half in case the
+    // layout is split in two, or the whole layout anchor.
+    Orientation orient = Orientation(anchors.first()->orientation);
+    AnchorData *layoutEdge = 0;
+    if (layoutCentralVertex[orient]) {
+        layoutEdge = graph[orient].edgeData(layoutFirstVertex[orient], layoutCentralVertex[orient]);
+    } else {
+        layoutEdge = graph[orient].edgeData(layoutFirstVertex[orient], layoutLastVertex[orient]);
+
+        // If maxSize is less then "infinite", that means there are other anchors
+        // grouped together with this one. We can't ignore its maximum value so we
+        // set back the variable to NULL to prevent the continue condition from being
+        // satisfied in the loop below.
+        if (layoutEdge->maxSize < QWIDGETSIZE_MAX)
+            layoutEdge = 0;
+    }
+
+    // For each variable, create constraints based on size hints
     QList<QSimplexConstraint *> anchorConstraints;
+    bool unboundedProblem = true;
     for (int i = 0; i < anchors.size(); ++i) {
-        AnchorData *ad = anchors[i];
+        AnchorData *ad = anchors.at(i);
+
+        // Anchors that have their size directly linked to another one don't need constraints
+        // For exammple, the second half of an item has exactly the same size as the first half
+        // thus constraining the latter is enough.
+        if (ad->dependency == AnchorData::Slave)
+            continue;
 
         if ((ad->minSize == ad->maxSize) || qFuzzyCompare(ad->minSize, ad->maxSize)) {
             QSimplexConstraint *c = new QSimplexConstraint;
@@ -2051,6 +2391,7 @@ QList<QSimplexConstraint *> QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::constraintsFromSizeHin
             c->constant = ad->minSize;
             c->ratio = QSimplexConstraint::Equal;
             anchorConstraints += c;
+            unboundedProblem = false;
         } else {
             QSimplexConstraint *c = new QSimplexConstraint;
             c->variables.insert(ad, 1.0);
@@ -2058,14 +2399,30 @@ QList<QSimplexConstraint *> QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::constraintsFromSizeHin
             c->ratio = QSimplexConstraint::MoreOrEqual;
             anchorConstraints += c;
 
+            // We avoid adding restrictions to the layout internal anchors. That's
+            // to prevent unnecessary fair distribution from happening due to this
+            // artificial restriction.
+            if (ad == layoutEdge)
+                continue;
+
             c = new QSimplexConstraint;
             c->variables.insert(ad, 1.0);
             c->constant = ad->maxSize;
             c->ratio = QSimplexConstraint::LessOrEqual;
             anchorConstraints += c;
+            unboundedProblem = false;
         }
     }
 
+    // If no upper boundary restriction was added, add one to avoid unbounded problem
+    if (unboundedProblem) {
+        QSimplexConstraint *c = new QSimplexConstraint;
+        c->variables.insert(layoutEdge, 1.0);
+        c->constant = QWIDGETSIZE_MAX;
+        c->ratio = QSimplexConstraint::LessOrEqual;
+        anchorConstraints += c;
+    }
+
     return anchorConstraints;
 }
 
@@ -2075,38 +2432,26 @@ QList<QSimplexConstraint *> QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::constraintsFromSizeHin
 QList< QList<QSimplexConstraint *> >
 QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::getGraphParts(Orientation orientation)
 {
-    Q_Q(QGraphicsAnchorLayout);
+    Q_ASSERT(layoutFirstVertex[orientation] && layoutLastVertex[orientation]);
 
-    // Find layout vertices and edges for the current orientation.
-    AnchorVertex *layoutFirstVertex = \
-        internalVertex(q, pickEdge(Qt::AnchorLeft, orientation));
-
-    AnchorVertex *layoutCentralVertex = \
-        internalVertex(q, pickEdge(Qt::AnchorHorizontalCenter, orientation));
-
-    AnchorVertex *layoutLastVertex = \
-        internalVertex(q, pickEdge(Qt::AnchorRight, orientation));
-
-    Q_ASSERT(layoutFirstVertex && layoutLastVertex);
-
-    AnchorData *edgeL1 = NULL;
-    AnchorData *edgeL2 = NULL;
+    AnchorData *edgeL1 = 0;
+    AnchorData *edgeL2 = 0;
 
     // The layout may have a single anchor between Left and Right or two half anchors
     // passing through the center
-    if (layoutCentralVertex) {
-        edgeL1 = graph[orientation].edgeData(layoutFirstVertex, layoutCentralVertex);
-        edgeL2 = graph[orientation].edgeData(layoutCentralVertex, layoutLastVertex);
+    if (layoutCentralVertex[orientation]) {
+        edgeL1 = graph[orientation].edgeData(layoutFirstVertex[orientation], layoutCentralVertex[orientation]);
+        edgeL2 = graph[orientation].edgeData(layoutCentralVertex[orientation], layoutLastVertex[orientation]);
     } else {
-        edgeL1 = graph[orientation].edgeData(layoutFirstVertex, layoutLastVertex);
+        edgeL1 = graph[orientation].edgeData(layoutFirstVertex[orientation], layoutLastVertex[orientation]);
     }
 
     QLinkedList<QSimplexConstraint *> remainingConstraints;
     for (int i = 0; i < constraints[orientation].count(); ++i) {
-        remainingConstraints += constraints[orientation][i];
+        remainingConstraints += constraints[orientation].at(i);
     }
     for (int i = 0; i < itemCenterConstraints[orientation].count(); ++i) {
-        remainingConstraints += itemCenterConstraints[orientation][i];
+        remainingConstraints += itemCenterConstraints[orientation].at(i);
     }
 
     QList<QSimplexConstraint *> trunkConstraints;
@@ -2276,6 +2621,21 @@ void QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::setItemsGeometries(const QRectF &geom)
 }
 
 /*!
+    \internal
+
+    Fill the distance in the vertex and in the sub-vertices if its a combined vertex.
+*/
+static void setVertexDistance(AnchorVertex *v, qreal distance)
+{
+    v->distance = distance;
+    if (v->m_type == AnchorVertex::Pair) {
+        AnchorVertexPair *pair = static_cast<AnchorVertexPair *>(v);
+        setVertexDistance(pair->m_first, distance);
+        setVertexDistance(pair->m_second, distance);
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
   \internal
 
   Calculate the position of each vertex based on the paths to each of
@@ -2288,9 +2648,9 @@ void QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::calculateVertexPositions(
     QSet<AnchorVertex *> visited;
 
     // Get root vertex
-    AnchorVertex *root = graph[orientation].rootVertex();
+    AnchorVertex *root = layoutFirstVertex[orientation];
 
-    root->distance = 0;
+    setVertexDistance(root, 0);
     visited.insert(root);
 
     // Add initial edges to the queue
@@ -2314,7 +2674,7 @@ void QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::calculateVertexPositions(
             continue;
 
         visited.insert(pair.second);
-        interpolateEdge(pair.first, edge, orientation);
+        interpolateEdge(pair.first, edge);
 
         QList<AnchorVertex *> adjacents = graph[orientation].adjacentVertices(pair.second);
         for (int i = 0; i < adjacents.count(); ++i) {
@@ -2343,7 +2703,6 @@ void QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::setupEdgesInterpolation(
     result = getFactor(current,
                        sizeHints[orientation][Qt::MinimumSize],
                        sizeHints[orientation][Qt::PreferredSize],
-                       sizeAtExpanding[orientation],
                        sizeHints[orientation][Qt::MaximumSize]);
 
     interpolationInterval[orientation] = result.first;
@@ -2358,7 +2717,6 @@ void QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::setupEdgesInterpolation(
 
    - minimum size,
    - preferred size,
-   - size when all expanding anchors are expanded,
    - maximum size.
 
    These three key values are calculated in advance using linear
@@ -2370,36 +2728,32 @@ void QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::setupEdgesInterpolation(
    vertices to be initalized, so it calls specialized functions that
    will recurse back to interpolateEdge().
  */
-void QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::interpolateEdge(AnchorVertex *base,
-                                                   AnchorData *edge,
-                                                   Orientation orientation)
+void QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::interpolateEdge(AnchorVertex *base, AnchorData *edge)
 {
+    const Orientation orientation = Orientation(edge->orientation);
     const QPair<Interval, qreal> factor(interpolationInterval[orientation],
                                         interpolationProgress[orientation]);
 
     qreal edgeDistance = interpolate(factor, edge->sizeAtMinimum, edge->sizeAtPreferred,
-                                     edge->sizeAtExpanding, edge->sizeAtMaximum);
+                                     edge->sizeAtMaximum);
 
     Q_ASSERT(edge->from == base || edge->to == base);
 
-    if (edge->from == base)
-        edge->to->distance = base->distance + edgeDistance;
-    else
-        edge->from->distance = base->distance - edgeDistance;
+    // Calculate the distance for the vertex opposite to the base
+    if (edge->from == base) {
+        setVertexDistance(edge->to, base->distance + edgeDistance);
+    } else {
+        setVertexDistance(edge->from, base->distance - edgeDistance);
+    }
 
     // Process child anchors
     if (edge->type == AnchorData::Sequential)
-        interpolateSequentialEdges(edge->from,
-                                   static_cast<SequentialAnchorData *>(edge),
-                                   orientation);
+        interpolateSequentialEdges(static_cast<SequentialAnchorData *>(edge));
     else if (edge->type == AnchorData::Parallel)
-        interpolateParallelEdges(edge->from,
-                                 static_cast<ParallelAnchorData *>(edge),
-                                 orientation);
+        interpolateParallelEdges(static_cast<ParallelAnchorData *>(edge));
 }
 
-void QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::interpolateParallelEdges(
-    AnchorVertex *base, ParallelAnchorData *data, Orientation orientation)
+void QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::interpolateParallelEdges(ParallelAnchorData *data)
 {
     // In parallels the boundary vertices are already calculate, we
     // just need to look for sequential groups inside, because only
@@ -2407,46 +2761,44 @@ void QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::interpolateParallelEdges(
 
     // First edge
     if (data->firstEdge->type == AnchorData::Sequential)
-        interpolateSequentialEdges(base,
-                                   static_cast<SequentialAnchorData *>(data->firstEdge),
-                                   orientation);
+        interpolateSequentialEdges(static_cast<SequentialAnchorData *>(data->firstEdge));
     else if (data->firstEdge->type == AnchorData::Parallel)
-        interpolateParallelEdges(base,
-                                 static_cast<ParallelAnchorData *>(data->firstEdge),
-                                 orientation);
+        interpolateParallelEdges(static_cast<ParallelAnchorData *>(data->firstEdge));
 
     // Second edge
     if (data->secondEdge->type == AnchorData::Sequential)
-        interpolateSequentialEdges(base,
-                                   static_cast<SequentialAnchorData *>(data->secondEdge),
-                                   orientation);
+        interpolateSequentialEdges(static_cast<SequentialAnchorData *>(data->secondEdge));
     else if (data->secondEdge->type == AnchorData::Parallel)
-        interpolateParallelEdges(base,
-                                 static_cast<ParallelAnchorData *>(data->secondEdge),
-                                 orientation);
+        interpolateParallelEdges(static_cast<ParallelAnchorData *>(data->secondEdge));
 }
 
-void QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::interpolateSequentialEdges(
-    AnchorVertex *base, SequentialAnchorData *data, Orientation orientation)
+void QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::interpolateSequentialEdges(SequentialAnchorData *data)
 {
-    AnchorVertex *prev = base;
+    // This method is supposed to handle any sequential anchor, even out-of-order
+    // ones. However, in the current QGAL implementation we should get only the
+    // well behaved ones.
+    Q_ASSERT(data->m_edges.first()->from == data->from);
+    Q_ASSERT(data->m_edges.last()->to == data->to);
 
-    // ### I'm not sure whether this assumption is safe. If not,
-    // consider that m_edges.last() could be used instead (so
-    // at(0) would be the one to be treated specially).
-    Q_ASSERT(base == data->m_edges.at(0)->to || base == data->m_edges.at(0)->from);
+    // At this point, the two outter vertices already have their distance
+    // calculated.
+    // We use the first as the base to calculate the internal ones
+
+    AnchorVertex *prev = data->from;
 
-    // Skip the last
     for (int i = 0; i < data->m_edges.count() - 1; ++i) {
-        AnchorData *child = data->m_edges.at(i);
-        interpolateEdge(prev, child, orientation);
-        prev = child->to;
+        AnchorData *edge = data->m_edges.at(i);
+        interpolateEdge(prev, edge);
+
+        // Use the recently calculated vertex as the base for the next one
+        const bool edgeIsForward = (edge->from == prev);
+        prev = edgeIsForward ? edge->to : edge->from;
     }
 
     // Treat the last specially, since we already calculated it's end
     // vertex, so it's only interesting if it's a complex one
     if (data->m_edges.last()->type != AnchorData::Normal)
-        interpolateEdge(prev, data->m_edges.last(), orientation);
+        interpolateEdge(prev, data->m_edges.last());
 }
 
 bool QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::solveMinMax(const QList<QSimplexConstraint *> &constraints,
@@ -2472,9 +2824,10 @@ bool QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::solveMinMax(const QList<QSimplexConstraint *>
         // Save sizeAtMinimum results
         QList<AnchorData *> variables = getVariables(constraints);
         for (int i = 0; i < variables.size(); ++i) {
-            AnchorData *ad = static_cast<AnchorData *>(variables[i]);
-            Q_ASSERT(ad->result >= ad->minSize || qFuzzyCompare(ad->result, ad->minSize));
+            AnchorData *ad = static_cast<AnchorData *>(variables.at(i));
             ad->sizeAtMinimum = ad->result;
+            Q_ASSERT(ad->sizeAtMinimum >= ad->minSize ||
+                     qAbs(ad->sizeAtMinimum - ad->minSize) < 0.00000001);
         }
 
         // Calculate maximum values
@@ -2482,9 +2835,10 @@ bool QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::solveMinMax(const QList<QSimplexConstraint *>
 
         // Save sizeAtMaximum results
         for (int i = 0; i < variables.size(); ++i) {
-            AnchorData *ad = static_cast<AnchorData *>(variables[i]);
-            Q_ASSERT(ad->result <= ad->maxSize || qFuzzyCompare(ad->result, ad->maxSize));
+            AnchorData *ad = static_cast<AnchorData *>(variables.at(i));
             ad->sizeAtMaximum = ad->result;
+            // Q_ASSERT(ad->sizeAtMaximum <= ad->maxSize ||
+            //          qAbs(ad->sizeAtMaximum - ad->maxSize) < 0.00000001);
         }
     }
     return feasible;
@@ -2515,7 +2869,7 @@ bool QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::solvePreferred(const QList<QSimplexConstraint
     //      A + A_shrinker - A_grower = A_pref
     //
     for (int i = 0; i < variables.size(); ++i) {
-        AnchorData *ad = variables[i];
+        AnchorData *ad = variables.at(i);
         if (ad->skipInPreferred)
             continue;
 
@@ -2546,7 +2900,7 @@ bool QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::solvePreferred(const QList<QSimplexConstraint
 
         // Save sizeAtPreferred results
         for (int i = 0; i < variables.size(); ++i) {
-            AnchorData *ad = variables[i];
+            AnchorData *ad = variables.at(i);
             ad->sizeAtPreferred = ad->result;
         }
 
@@ -2563,139 +2917,6 @@ bool QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::solvePreferred(const QList<QSimplexConstraint
 
 /*!
     \internal
-    Calculate the "expanding" keyframe
-
-    This new keyframe sits between the already existing sizeAtPreferred and
-    sizeAtMaximum keyframes. Its goal is to modify the interpolation between
-    the latter as to respect the "expanding" size policy of some anchors.
-
-    Previously all items would be subject to a linear interpolation between
-    sizeAtPreferred and sizeAtMaximum values. This will change now, the
-    expanding anchors will change their size before the others. To calculate
-    this keyframe we use the following logic:
-
-    1) Ask each anchor for their desired expanding size (ad->expSize), this
-    value depends on the anchor expanding property in the following way:
-
-    - Expanding normal anchors want to grow towards their maximum size
-    - Non-expanding normal anchors want to remain at their preferred size.
-    - Sequential anchors wants to grow towards a size that is calculated by:
-        summarizing it's child anchors, where it will use preferred size for non-expanding anchors
-        and maximum size for expanding anchors.
-    - Parallel anchors want to grow towards the smallest maximum size of all the expanding anchors.
-
-    2) Clamp their desired values to the value they assume in the neighbour
-    keyframes (sizeAtPreferred and sizeAtExpanding)
-
-    3) Run simplex with a setup that ensures the following:
-
-      a. Anchors will change their value from their sizeAtPreferred towards
-         their sizeAtMaximum as much as required to ensure that ALL anchors
-         reach their respective "desired" expanding sizes.
-
-      b. No anchors will change their value beyond what is NEEDED to satisfy
-         the requirement above.
-
-    The final result is that, at the "expanding" keyframe expanding anchors
-    will grow and take with them all anchors that are parallel to them.
-    However, non-expanding anchors will remain at their preferred size unless
-    they are forced to grow by a parallel expanding anchor.
-
-    Note: For anchors where the sizeAtPreferred is bigger than sizeAtMaximum,
-          the visual effect when the layout grows from its preferred size is
-          the following: Expanding anchors will keep their size while non
-          expanding ones will shrink. Only after non-expanding anchors have
-          shrinked all the way, the expanding anchors will start to shrink too.
-*/
-void QGraphicsAnchorLayoutPrivate::solveExpanding(const QList<QSimplexConstraint *> &constraints,
-                                                  const QList<AnchorData *> &variables)
-{
-    QList<QSimplexConstraint *> itemConstraints;
-    QSimplexConstraint *objective = new QSimplexConstraint;
-    bool hasExpanding = false;
-
-    // Construct the simplex constraints and objective
-    for (int i = 0; i < variables.size(); ++i) {
-        // For each anchor
-        AnchorData *ad = variables[i];
-
-        // Clamp the desired expanding size
-        qreal upperBoundary = qMax(ad->sizeAtPreferred, ad->sizeAtMaximum);
-        qreal lowerBoundary = qMin(ad->sizeAtPreferred, ad->sizeAtMaximum);
-        qreal boundedExpSize = qBound(lowerBoundary, ad->expSize, upperBoundary);
-
-        // Expanding anchors are those that want to move from their preferred size
-        if (boundedExpSize != ad->sizeAtPreferred)
-            hasExpanding = true;
-
-        // Lock anchor between boundedExpSize and sizeAtMaximum (ensure 3.a)
-        if (boundedExpSize == ad->sizeAtMaximum || qFuzzyCompare(boundedExpSize, ad->sizeAtMaximum)) {
-            // The interval has only one possible value, we can use an "Equal"
-            // constraint and don't need to add this variable to the objective.
-            QSimplexConstraint *itemC = new QSimplexConstraint;
-            itemC->ratio = QSimplexConstraint::Equal;
-            itemC->variables.insert(ad, 1.0);
-            itemC->constant = boundedExpSize;
-            itemConstraints << itemC;
-        } else {
-            // Add MoreOrEqual and LessOrEqual constraints.
-            QSimplexConstraint *itemC = new QSimplexConstraint;
-            itemC->ratio = QSimplexConstraint::MoreOrEqual;
-            itemC->variables.insert(ad, 1.0);
-            itemC->constant = qMin(boundedExpSize, ad->sizeAtMaximum);
-            itemConstraints << itemC;
-
-            itemC = new QSimplexConstraint;
-            itemC->ratio = QSimplexConstraint::LessOrEqual;
-            itemC->variables.insert(ad, 1.0);
-            itemC->constant = qMax(boundedExpSize, ad->sizeAtMaximum);
-            itemConstraints << itemC;
-
-            // Create objective to avoid the anchors from moving away from
-            // the preferred size more than the needed amount. (ensure 3.b)
-            // The objective function is the distance between sizeAtPreferred
-            // and sizeAtExpanding, it will be minimized.
-            if (ad->sizeAtExpanding < ad->sizeAtMaximum) {
-                // Try to shrink this variable towards its sizeAtPreferred value
-                objective->variables.insert(ad, 1.0);
-            } else {
-                // Try to grow this variable towards its sizeAtPreferred value
-                objective->variables.insert(ad, -1.0);
-            }
-        }
-    }
-
-    // Solve
-    if (hasExpanding == false) {
-        // If no anchors are expanding, we don't need to run the simplex
-        // Set all variables to their preferred size
-        for (int i = 0; i < variables.size(); ++i) {
-            variables[i]->sizeAtExpanding = variables[i]->sizeAtPreferred;
-        }
-    } else {
-        // Run simplex
-        QSimplex simplex;
-
-        // Satisfy expanding (3.a)
-        bool feasible = simplex.setConstraints(constraints + itemConstraints);
-        Q_ASSERT(feasible);
-
-        // Reduce damage (3.b)
-        simplex.setObjective(objective);
-        simplex.solveMin();
-
-        // Collect results
-        for (int i = 0; i < variables.size(); ++i) {
-            variables[i]->sizeAtExpanding = variables[i]->result;
-        }
-    }
-
-    delete objective;
-    qDeleteAll(itemConstraints);
-}
-
-/*!
-    \internal
     Returns true if there are no arrangement that satisfies all constraints.
     Otherwise returns false.
 
diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsanchorlayout_p.h b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsanchorlayout_p.h
index 7dd0d65..5f50c85 100644
--- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsanchorlayout_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsanchorlayout_p.h
@@ -78,66 +78,30 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
   Represents a vertex (anchorage point) in the internal graph
 */
 struct AnchorVertex {
+    enum Type {
+        Normal = 0,
+        Pair
+    };
+
     AnchorVertex(QGraphicsLayoutItem *item, Qt::AnchorPoint edge)
-        : m_item(item), m_edge(edge) {}
+        : m_item(item), m_edge(edge), m_type(Normal) {}
 
     AnchorVertex()
-        : m_item(0), m_edge(Qt::AnchorPoint(0)) {}
+        : m_item(0), m_edge(Qt::AnchorPoint(0)), m_type(Normal) {}
 
 #ifdef QT_DEBUG
     inline QString toString() const;
 #endif
+
     QGraphicsLayoutItem *m_item;
     Qt::AnchorPoint m_edge;
+    uint m_type : 1;
 
     // Current distance from this vertex to the layout edge (Left or Top)
     // Value is calculated from the current anchors sizes.
     qreal distance;
 };
 
-#ifdef QT_DEBUG
-inline QString AnchorVertex::toString() const
-{
-    if (!this || !m_item) {
-        return QLatin1String("NULL");
-    }
-    QString edge;
-    switch (m_edge) {
-    case Qt::AnchorLeft:
-        edge = QLatin1String("Left");
-        break;
-    case Qt::AnchorHorizontalCenter:
-        edge = QLatin1String("HorizontalCenter");
-        break;
-    case Qt::AnchorRight:
-        edge = QLatin1String("Right");
-        break;
-    case Qt::AnchorTop:
-        edge = QLatin1String("Top");
-        break;
-    case Qt::AnchorVerticalCenter:
-        edge = QLatin1String("VerticalCenter");
-        break;
-    case Qt::AnchorBottom:
-        edge = QLatin1String("Bottom");
-        break;
-    default:
-        edge = QLatin1String("None");
-        break;
-    }
-    QString itemName;
-    if (m_item->isLayout()) {
-        itemName = QLatin1String("layout");
-    } else {
-        if (QGraphicsItem *item = m_item->graphicsItem()) {
-            itemName = item->data(0).toString();
-        }
-    }
-    edge.insert(0, QLatin1String("%1_"));
-    return edge.arg(itemName);
-}
-#endif
-
 /*!
   \internal
 
@@ -150,14 +114,21 @@ struct AnchorData : public QSimplexVariable {
         Parallel
     };
 
+    enum Dependency {
+        Independent = 0,
+        Master,
+        Slave
+    };
+
     AnchorData()
         : QSimplexVariable(), item(0), from(0), to(0),
-          minSize(0), prefSize(0), expSize(0), maxSize(0),
+          minSize(0), prefSize(0), maxSize(0),
           sizeAtMinimum(0), sizeAtPreferred(0),
-          sizeAtExpanding(0), sizeAtMaximum(0),
+          sizeAtMaximum(0),
           graphicsAnchor(0), skipInPreferred(0),
           type(Normal), hasSize(true), isLayoutAnchor(false),
-          isCenterAnchor(false), orientation(0) {}
+          isCenterAnchor(false), orientation(0),
+          dependency(Independent) {}
 
     virtual void updateChildrenSizes() {}
     virtual bool refreshSizeHints(const QLayoutStyleInfo *styleInfo);
@@ -194,7 +165,6 @@ struct AnchorData : public QSimplexVariable {
     // size.
     qreal minSize;
     qreal prefSize;
-    qreal expSize;
     qreal maxSize;
 
     // These attributes define which sizes should that anchor be in when the
@@ -202,7 +172,6 @@ struct AnchorData : public QSimplexVariable {
     // calculated by the Simplex solver based on the current layout setup.
     qreal sizeAtMinimum;
     qreal sizeAtPreferred;
-    qreal sizeAtExpanding;
     qreal sizeAtMaximum;
     QGraphicsAnchor *graphicsAnchor;
 
@@ -212,6 +181,7 @@ struct AnchorData : public QSimplexVariable {
     uint isLayoutAnchor : 1;  // if this anchor is an internal layout anchor
     uint isCenterAnchor : 1;
     uint orientation : 1;
+    uint dependency : 2;      // either Independent, Master or Slave
 };
 
 #ifdef QT_DEBUG
@@ -250,10 +220,11 @@ struct ParallelAnchorData : public AnchorData
         type = AnchorData::Parallel;
         orientation = first->orientation;
 
-        // ### Those asserts force that both child anchors have the same direction,
-        // but can't we simplify a pair of anchors in opposite directions?
-        Q_ASSERT(first->from == second->from);
-        Q_ASSERT(first->to == second->to);
+        // This assert whether the child anchors share their vertices
+        Q_ASSERT(((first->from == second->from) && (first->to == second->to)) ||
+                 ((first->from == second->to) && (first->to == second->from)));
+
+        // We arbitrarily choose the direction of the first child as "our" direction
         from = first->from;
         to = first->to;
 #ifdef QT_DEBUG
@@ -268,8 +239,73 @@ struct ParallelAnchorData : public AnchorData
 
     AnchorData* firstEdge;
     AnchorData* secondEdge;
+
+    QList<QSimplexConstraint *> m_firstConstraints;
+    QList<QSimplexConstraint *> m_secondConstraints;
 };
 
+struct AnchorVertexPair : public AnchorVertex {
+    AnchorVertexPair(AnchorVertex *v1, AnchorVertex *v2, AnchorData *data)
+        : AnchorVertex(), m_first(v1), m_second(v2), m_removedAnchor(data) {
+        m_type = AnchorVertex::Pair;
+    }
+
+    AnchorVertex *m_first;
+    AnchorVertex *m_second;
+
+    AnchorData *m_removedAnchor;
+    QList<AnchorData *> m_firstAnchors;
+    QList<AnchorData *> m_secondAnchors;
+};
+
+#ifdef QT_DEBUG
+inline QString AnchorVertex::toString() const
+{
+    if (!this) {
+        return QLatin1String("NULL");
+    } else if (m_type == Pair) {
+        const AnchorVertexPair *vp = static_cast<const AnchorVertexPair *>(this);
+        return QString::fromAscii("(%1, %2)").arg(vp->m_first->toString()).arg(vp->m_second->toString());
+    } else if (!m_item) {
+        return QString::fromAscii("NULL_%1").arg(quintptr(this));
+    }
+    QString edge;
+    switch (m_edge) {
+    case Qt::AnchorLeft:
+        edge = QLatin1String("Left");
+        break;
+    case Qt::AnchorHorizontalCenter:
+        edge = QLatin1String("HorizontalCenter");
+        break;
+    case Qt::AnchorRight:
+        edge = QLatin1String("Right");
+        break;
+    case Qt::AnchorTop:
+        edge = QLatin1String("Top");
+        break;
+    case Qt::AnchorVerticalCenter:
+        edge = QLatin1String("VerticalCenter");
+        break;
+    case Qt::AnchorBottom:
+        edge = QLatin1String("Bottom");
+        break;
+    default:
+        edge = QLatin1String("None");
+        break;
+    }
+    QString itemName;
+    if (m_item->isLayout()) {
+        itemName = QLatin1String("layout");
+    } else {
+        if (QGraphicsItem *item = m_item->graphicsItem()) {
+            itemName = item->data(0).toString();
+        }
+    }
+    edge.insert(0, QLatin1String("%1_"));
+    return edge.arg(itemName);
+}
+#endif
+
 /*!
   \internal
 
@@ -337,8 +373,7 @@ public:
     // Interval represents which interpolation interval are we operating in.
     enum Interval {
         MinToPreferred = 0,
-        PreferredToExpanding,
-        ExpandingToMax
+        PreferredToMax
     };
 
     // Several structures internal to the layout are duplicated to handle
@@ -427,20 +462,33 @@ public:
 
     QLayoutStyleInfo &styleInfo() const;
 
-    // Activation methods
-    bool simplifyGraph(Orientation orientation);
-    bool simplifyGraphIteration(Orientation orientation, bool *feasible);
-    void restoreSimplifiedGraph(Orientation orientation);
+    AnchorData *addAnchorMaybeParallel(AnchorData *newAnchor, bool *feasible);
 
+    // Activation
     void calculateGraphs();
     void calculateGraphs(Orientation orientation);
 
+    // Simplification
+    bool simplifyGraph(Orientation orientation);
+    bool simplifyVertices(Orientation orientation);
+    bool simplifyGraphIteration(Orientation orientation, bool *feasible);
+
+    bool replaceVertex(Orientation orientation, AnchorVertex *oldV,
+                       AnchorVertex *newV, const QList<AnchorData *> &edges);
+
+
+    void restoreSimplifiedGraph(Orientation orientation);
+    void restoreSimplifiedAnchor(AnchorData *edge);
+    void restoreSimplifiedConstraints(ParallelAnchorData *parallel);
+    void restoreVertices(Orientation orientation);
+
     bool calculateTrunk(Orientation orientation, const GraphPath &trunkPath,
                         const QList<QSimplexConstraint *> &constraints,
                         const QList<AnchorData *> &variables);
     bool calculateNonTrunk(const QList<QSimplexConstraint *> &constraints,
                            const QList<AnchorData *> &variables);
 
+    // Support functions for calculateGraph()
     bool refreshAllSizeHints(Orientation orientation);
     void findPaths(Orientation orientation);
     void constraintsFromPaths(Orientation orientation);
@@ -460,6 +508,17 @@ public:
         return internalVertex(qMakePair(const_cast<QGraphicsLayoutItem *>(item), edge));
     }
 
+    inline void changeLayoutVertex(Orientation orientation, AnchorVertex *oldV, AnchorVertex *newV)
+    {
+        if (layoutFirstVertex[orientation] == oldV)
+            layoutFirstVertex[orientation] = newV;
+        else if (layoutCentralVertex[orientation] == oldV)
+            layoutCentralVertex[orientation] = newV;
+        else if (layoutLastVertex[orientation] == oldV)
+            layoutLastVertex[orientation] = newV;
+    }
+
+
     AnchorVertex *addInternalVertex(QGraphicsLayoutItem *item, Qt::AnchorPoint edge);
     void removeInternalVertex(QGraphicsLayoutItem *item, Qt::AnchorPoint edge);
 
@@ -468,19 +527,15 @@ public:
 
     void calculateVertexPositions(Orientation orientation);
     void setupEdgesInterpolation(Orientation orientation);
-    void interpolateEdge(AnchorVertex *base, AnchorData *edge, Orientation orientation);
-    void interpolateSequentialEdges(AnchorVertex *base, SequentialAnchorData *edge,
-                                    Orientation orientation);
-    void interpolateParallelEdges(AnchorVertex *base, ParallelAnchorData *edge,
-                                  Orientation orientation);
+    void interpolateEdge(AnchorVertex *base, AnchorData *edge);
+    void interpolateSequentialEdges(SequentialAnchorData *edge);
+    void interpolateParallelEdges(ParallelAnchorData *edge);
 
     // Linear Programming solver methods
     bool solveMinMax(const QList<QSimplexConstraint *> &constraints,
                      GraphPath path, qreal *min, qreal *max);
     bool solvePreferred(const QList<QSimplexConstraint *> &constraints,
                         const QList<AnchorData *> &variables);
-    void solveExpanding(const QList<QSimplexConstraint *> &constraints,
-                        const QList<AnchorData *> &variables);
     bool hasConflicts() const;
 
 #ifdef QT_DEBUG
@@ -491,7 +546,6 @@ public:
     qreal spacings[NOrientations];
     // Size hints from simplex engine
     qreal sizeHints[2][3];
-    qreal sizeAtExpanding[2];
 
     // Items
     QVector<QGraphicsLayoutItem *> items;
@@ -504,6 +558,14 @@ public:
     // Internal graph of anchorage points and anchors, for both orientations
     Graph<AnchorVertex, AnchorData> graph[2];
 
+    AnchorVertex *layoutFirstVertex[2];
+    AnchorVertex *layoutCentralVertex[2];
+    AnchorVertex *layoutLastVertex[2];
+
+    // Combined anchors in order of creation
+    QList<AnchorVertexPair *> simplifiedVertices[2];
+    QList<AnchorData *> anchorsFromSimplifiedVertices[2];
+
     // Graph paths and constraints, for both orientations
     QMultiHash<AnchorVertex *, GraphPath> graphPaths[2];
     QList<QSimplexConstraint *> constraints[2];
diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem.cpp b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem.cpp
index 2fd499d..9d495e9 100644
--- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem.cpp
@@ -386,6 +386,12 @@
     introduced in Qt 4.6.
 
     \omitvalue ItemIsFocusScope Internal only (for now).
+
+    \value ItemSendsScenePositionChanges The item enables itemChange()
+    notifications for ItemScenePositionHasChanged. For performance reasons,
+    these notifications are disabled by default. You must enable this flag
+    to receive notifications for scene position changes. This flag was
+    introduced in Qt 4.6.
 */
 
 /*!
@@ -562,6 +568,14 @@
     \value ItemOpacityHasChanged The item's opacity has changed. The value
     argument is the new opacity (i.e., a double). Do not call setOpacity() as
     this notification is delivered. The return value is ignored.
+
+    \value ItemScenePositionHasChanged The item's scene position has changed.
+    This notification is sent if the ItemSendsScenePositionChanges flag is
+    enabled, and after the item's scene position has changed (i.e., the
+    position or transformation of the item itself or the position or
+    transformation of any ancestor has changed). The value argument is the
+    new scene position (the same as scenePos()), and QGraphicsItem ignores
+    the return value for this notification (i.e., a read-only notification).
 */
 
 /*!
@@ -990,6 +1004,10 @@ void QGraphicsItemPrivate::setParentItemHelper(QGraphicsItem *newParent)
     if (scene) {
         // Deliver the change to the index
         scene->d_func()->index->itemChange(q, QGraphicsItem::ItemParentChange, newParentVariant);
+
+        // Disable scene pos notifications for old ancestors
+        if (scenePosDescendants || (flags & QGraphicsItem::ItemSendsScenePositionChanges))
+            scene->d_func()->setScenePosItemEnabled(q, false);
     }
 
     if (subFocusItem && parent) {
@@ -1084,10 +1102,15 @@ void QGraphicsItemPrivate::setParentItemHelper(QGraphicsItem *newParent)
 
         parent->d_ptr->addChild(q);
         parent->itemChange(QGraphicsItem::ItemChildAddedChange, thisPointerVariant);
-        if (!implicitUpdate && scene) {
-            scene->d_func()->markDirty(q_ptr, QRect(),
-                                       /*invalidateChildren=*/false,
-                                       /*maybeDirtyClipPath=*/true);
+        if (scene) {
+            if (!implicitUpdate)
+                scene->d_func()->markDirty(q_ptr, QRect(),
+                                           /*invalidateChildren=*/false,
+                                           /*maybeDirtyClipPath=*/true);
+
+            // Re-enable scene pos notifications for new ancestors
+            if (scenePosDescendants || (flags & QGraphicsItem::ItemSendsScenePositionChanges))
+                scene->d_func()->setScenePosItemEnabled(q, true);
         }
 
         // Inherit ancestor flags from the new parent.
@@ -1336,7 +1359,9 @@ QGraphicsItem::~QGraphicsItem()
         d_ptr->setParentItemHelper(0);
     }
 
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT
     delete d_ptr->graphicsEffect;
+#endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT
     if (d_ptr->transformData) {
         for(int i = 0; i < d_ptr->transformData->graphicsTransforms.size(); ++i) {
             QGraphicsTransform *t = d_ptr->transformData->graphicsTransforms.at(i);
@@ -1746,6 +1771,12 @@ void QGraphicsItem::setFlags(GraphicsItemFlags flags)
     }
 
     if (d_ptr->scene) {
+        if ((flags & ItemSendsScenePositionChanges) != (oldFlags & ItemSendsScenePositionChanges)) {
+            if (flags & ItemSendsScenePositionChanges)
+                d_ptr->scene->d_func()->registerScenePosItem(this);
+            else
+                d_ptr->scene->d_func()->unregisterScenePosItem(this);
+        }
         d_ptr->scene->d_func()->markDirty(this, QRectF(),
                                           /*invalidateChildren=*/true,
                                           /*maybeDirtyClipPath*/true);
@@ -2506,7 +2537,9 @@ void QGraphicsItem::setOpacity(qreal opacity)
 
     // Update.
     if (d_ptr->scene) {
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT
         d_ptr->invalidateGraphicsEffectsRecursively();
+#endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT
         d_ptr->scene->d_func()->markDirty(this, QRectF(),
                                           /*invalidateChildren=*/true,
                                           /*maybeDirtyClipPath=*/false,
@@ -2523,6 +2556,7 @@ void QGraphicsItem::setOpacity(qreal opacity)
 
     \since 4.6
 */
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT
 QGraphicsEffect *QGraphicsItem::graphicsEffect() const
 {
     return d_ptr->graphicsEffect;
@@ -2569,6 +2603,7 @@ void QGraphicsItem::setGraphicsEffect(QGraphicsEffect *effect)
 
     prepareGeometryChange();
 }
+#endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT
 
 /*!
     \internal
@@ -2582,6 +2617,7 @@ void QGraphicsItem::setGraphicsEffect(QGraphicsEffect *effect)
 */
 QRectF QGraphicsItemPrivate::effectiveBoundingRect() const
 {
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT
     QGraphicsEffect *effect = graphicsEffect;
     QRectF brect = effect && effect->isEnabled() ? effect->boundingRect() : q_ptr->boundingRect();
     if (ancestorFlags & QGraphicsItemPrivate::AncestorClipsChildren)
@@ -2598,6 +2634,10 @@ QRectF QGraphicsItemPrivate::effectiveBoundingRect() const
     }
 
     return brect;
+#else //QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT
+    return q_ptr->boundingRect();
+#endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT
+
 }
 
 /*!
@@ -2951,7 +2991,7 @@ bool QGraphicsItem::hasFocus() const
 {
     if (d_ptr->focusProxy)
         return d_ptr->focusProxy->hasFocus();
-    return (d_ptr->scene && d_ptr->scene->focusItem() == this);
+    return isActive() && (d_ptr->scene && d_ptr->scene->focusItem() == this);
 }
 
 /*!
@@ -3309,6 +3349,9 @@ QPointF QGraphicsItem::pos() const
 */
 void QGraphicsItem::setX(qreal x)
 {
+    if (d_ptr->inDestructor)
+        return;
+
     d_ptr->setPosHelper(QPointF(x, d_ptr->pos.y()));
 }
 
@@ -3330,6 +3373,9 @@ void QGraphicsItem::setX(qreal x)
 */
 void QGraphicsItem::setY(qreal y)
 {
+    if (d_ptr->inDestructor)
+        return;
+
     d_ptr->setPosHelper(QPointF(d_ptr->pos.x(), y));
 }
 
@@ -3395,6 +3441,9 @@ void QGraphicsItem::setPos(const QPointF &pos)
     if (d_ptr->pos == pos)
         return;
 
+    if (d_ptr->inDestructor)
+        return;
+
     // Update and repositition.
     if (!(d_ptr->flags & ItemSendsGeometryChanges)) {
         d_ptr->setPosHelper(pos);
@@ -3412,6 +3461,7 @@ void QGraphicsItem::setPos(const QPointF &pos)
 
     // Send post-notification.
     itemChange(QGraphicsItem::ItemPositionHasChanged, newPosVariant);
+    d_ptr->sendScenePosChange();
 }
 
 /*!
@@ -4022,6 +4072,7 @@ void QGraphicsItem::setTransform(const QTransform &matrix, bool combine)
 
     // Send post-notification.
     itemChange(ItemTransformHasChanged, newTransformVariant);
+    d_ptr->sendScenePosChange();
 }
 
 /*!
@@ -4246,6 +4297,24 @@ void QGraphicsItemPrivate::ensureSequentialSiblingIndex()
 }
 
 /*!
+    \internal
+*/
+inline void QGraphicsItemPrivate::sendScenePosChange()
+{
+    Q_Q(QGraphicsItem);
+    if (scene) {
+        if (flags & QGraphicsItem::ItemSendsScenePositionChanges)
+            q->itemChange(QGraphicsItem::ItemScenePositionHasChanged, q->scenePos());
+        if (scenePosDescendants) {
+            foreach (QGraphicsItem *item, scene->d_func()->scenePosItems) {
+                if (q->isAncestorOf(item))
+                    item->itemChange(QGraphicsItem::ItemScenePositionHasChanged, item->scenePos());
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
     \since 4.6
 
     Stacks this item before \a sibling, which must be a sibling item (i.e., the
@@ -4296,6 +4365,12 @@ void QGraphicsItem::stackBefore(const QGraphicsItem *sibling)
                 ++index;
         }
         d_ptr->siblingIndex = siblingIndex;
+        for (int i = 0; i < siblings->size(); ++i) {
+            int &index = siblings->at(i)->d_ptr->siblingIndex;
+            if (i != siblingIndex && index >= siblingIndex && index <= myIndex)
+                siblings->at(i)->d_ptr->siblingOrderChange();
+        }
+        d_ptr->siblingOrderChange();
     }
 }
 
@@ -4977,6 +5052,7 @@ int QGraphicsItemPrivate::depth() const
 /*!
     \internal
 */
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT
 void QGraphicsItemPrivate::invalidateGraphicsEffectsRecursively()
 {
     QGraphicsItemPrivate *itemPrivate = this;
@@ -4989,6 +5065,7 @@ void QGraphicsItemPrivate::invalidateGraphicsEffectsRecursively()
         }
     } while ((itemPrivate = itemPrivate->parent ? itemPrivate->parent->d_ptr.data() : 0));
 }
+#endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT
 
 /*!
     \internal
@@ -5293,6 +5370,16 @@ void QGraphicsItemPrivate::subFocusItemChange()
 /*!
     \internal
 
+    Subclasses can reimplement this function to be notified when its
+    siblingIndex order is changed.
+*/
+void QGraphicsItemPrivate::siblingOrderChange()
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+
     Tells us if it is a proxy widget
 */
 bool QGraphicsItemPrivate::isProxyWidget() const
@@ -5324,7 +5411,9 @@ void QGraphicsItem::update(const QRectF &rect)
         return;
 
     // Make sure we notify effects about invalidated source.
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT
     d_ptr->invalidateGraphicsEffectsRecursively();
+#endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT
 
     if (CacheMode(d_ptr->cacheMode) != NoCache) {
         // Invalidate cache.
@@ -10678,6 +10767,7 @@ int QGraphicsItemGroup::type() const
     return Type;
 }
 
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT
 QRectF QGraphicsItemEffectSourcePrivate::boundingRect(Qt::CoordinateSystem system) const
 {
     const bool deviceCoordinates = (system == Qt::DeviceCoordinates);
@@ -10722,7 +10812,7 @@ void QGraphicsItemEffectSourcePrivate::draw(QPainter *painter)
 }
 
 QPixmap QGraphicsItemEffectSourcePrivate::pixmap(Qt::CoordinateSystem system, QPoint *offset,
-                                                 QGraphicsEffectSource::PixmapPadMode mode) const
+                                                 QGraphicsEffect::PixmapPadMode mode) const
 {
     const bool deviceCoordinates = (system == Qt::DeviceCoordinates);
     if (!info && deviceCoordinates) {
@@ -10738,9 +10828,9 @@ QPixmap QGraphicsItemEffectSourcePrivate::pixmap(Qt::CoordinateSystem system, QP
     const QRectF sourceRect = boundingRect(system);
     QRect effectRect;
 
-    if (mode == QGraphicsEffectSource::ExpandToEffectRectPadMode) {
+    if (mode == QGraphicsEffect::PadToEffectiveBoundingRect) {
         effectRect = item->graphicsEffect()->boundingRectFor(sourceRect).toAlignedRect();
-    } else if (mode == QGraphicsEffectSource::ExpandToTransparentBorderPadMode) {
+    } else if (mode == QGraphicsEffect::PadToTransparentBorder) {
         // adjust by 1.5 to account for cosmetic pens
         effectRect = sourceRect.adjusted(-1.5, -1.5, 1.5, 1.5).toAlignedRect();
     } else {
@@ -10817,6 +10907,7 @@ QPixmap QGraphicsItemEffectSourcePrivate::pixmap(Qt::CoordinateSystem system, QP
 
     return pixmap;
 }
+#endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_DEBUG_STREAM
 QDebug operator<<(QDebug debug, QGraphicsItem *item)
@@ -10940,6 +11031,9 @@ QDebug operator<<(QDebug debug, QGraphicsItem::GraphicsItemChange change)
     case QGraphicsItem::ItemOpacityHasChanged:
         str = "ItemOpacityHasChanged";
         break;
+    case QGraphicsItem::ItemScenePositionHasChanged:
+        str = "ItemScenePositionHasChanged";
+        break;
     }
     debug << str;
     return debug;
@@ -10997,6 +11091,9 @@ QDebug operator<<(QDebug debug, QGraphicsItem::GraphicsItemFlag flag)
     case QGraphicsItem::ItemIsFocusScope:
         str = "ItemIsFocusScope";
         break;
+    case QGraphicsItem::ItemSendsScenePositionChanges:
+        str = "ItemSendsScenePositionChanges";
+        break;
     }
     debug << str;
     return debug;
diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem.h b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem.h
index f091e34..8bbe9f1 100644
--- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem.h
+++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem.h
@@ -105,7 +105,8 @@ public:
         ItemAcceptsInputMethod = 0x1000,
         ItemNegativeZStacksBehindParent = 0x2000,
         ItemIsPanel = 0x4000,
-        ItemIsFocusScope = 0x8000 // internal
+        ItemIsFocusScope = 0x8000, // internal
+        ItemSendsScenePositionChanges = 0x10000
         // NB! Don't forget to increase the d_ptr->flags bit field by 1 when adding a new flag.
     };
     Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(GraphicsItemFlags, GraphicsItemFlag)
@@ -137,7 +138,8 @@ public:
         ItemZValueChange,
         ItemZValueHasChanged,
         ItemOpacityChange,
-        ItemOpacityHasChanged
+        ItemOpacityHasChanged,
+        ItemScenePositionHasChanged
     };
 
     enum CacheMode {
@@ -225,9 +227,11 @@ public:
     qreal effectiveOpacity() const;
     void setOpacity(qreal opacity);
 
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT
     // Effect
     QGraphicsEffect *graphicsEffect() const;
     void setGraphicsEffect(QGraphicsEffect *effect);
+#endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT
 
     Qt::MouseButtons acceptedMouseButtons() const;
     void setAcceptedMouseButtons(Qt::MouseButtons buttons);
diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem_p.h b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem_p.h
index 51d2ffd..75c8246 100644
--- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem_p.h
@@ -179,6 +179,7 @@ public:
         holesInSiblingIndex(0),
         sequentialOrdering(1),
         updateDueToGraphicsEffect(0),
+        scenePosDescendants(0),
         globalStackingOrder(-1),
         q_ptr(0)
     {
@@ -223,7 +224,9 @@ public:
     bool discardUpdateRequest(bool ignoreClipping = false, bool ignoreVisibleBit = false,
                               bool ignoreDirtyBit = false, bool ignoreOpacity = false) const;
     int depth() const;
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT
     void invalidateGraphicsEffectsRecursively();
+#endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT
     void invalidateDepthRecursively();
     void resolveDepth();
     void addChild(QGraphicsItem *child);
@@ -429,6 +432,8 @@ public:
     inline void ensureSortedChildren();
     static inline bool insertionOrder(QGraphicsItem *a, QGraphicsItem *b);
     void ensureSequentialSiblingIndex();
+    inline void sendScenePosChange();
+    virtual void siblingOrderChange();
 
     QPainterPath cachedClipPath;
     QRectF childrenBoundingRect;
@@ -483,7 +488,7 @@ public:
 
     // Packed 32 bits
     quint32 fullUpdatePending : 1;
-    quint32 flags : 16;
+    quint32 flags : 17;
     quint32 dirtyChildrenBoundingRect : 1;
     quint32 paintedViewBoundingRectsNeedRepaint : 1;
     quint32 dirtySceneTransform : 1;
@@ -498,14 +503,15 @@ public:
     quint32 sceneTransformTranslateOnly : 1;
     quint32 notifyBoundingRectChanged : 1;
     quint32 notifyInvalidated : 1;
-    quint32 mouseSetsFocus : 1;
 
     // New 32 bits
+    quint32 mouseSetsFocus : 1;
     quint32 explicitActivate : 1;
     quint32 wantsActive : 1;
     quint32 holesInSiblingIndex : 1;
     quint32 sequentialOrdering : 1;
     quint32 updateDueToGraphicsEffect : 1;
+    quint32 scenePosDescendants : 1;
 
     // Optional stacking order
     int globalStackingOrder;
@@ -577,6 +583,7 @@ struct QGraphicsItemPaintInfo
     quint32 drawItem : 1;
 };
 
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT
 class QGraphicsItemEffectSourcePrivate : public QGraphicsEffectSourcePrivate
 {
 public:
@@ -626,13 +633,13 @@ public:
     void draw(QPainter *);
     QPixmap pixmap(Qt::CoordinateSystem system,
                    QPoint *offset,
-                   QGraphicsEffectSource::PixmapPadMode mode) const;
+                   QGraphicsEffect::PixmapPadMode mode) const;
 
     QGraphicsItem *item;
     QGraphicsItemPaintInfo *info;
     QTransform lastEffectTransform;
 };
-
+#endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT
 
 /*!
     Returns true if \a item1 is on top of \a item2.
diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsscene.cpp b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsscene.cpp
index dc036f8..13f31b8 100644
--- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsscene.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsscene.cpp
@@ -294,6 +294,7 @@ QGraphicsScenePrivate::QGraphicsScenePrivate()
       needSortTopLevelItems(true),
       holesInTopLevelSiblingIndex(false),
       topLevelSequentialOrdering(true),
+      scenePosDescendantsUpdatePending(false),
       stickyFocus(false),
       hasFocus(false),
       focusItem(0),
@@ -488,6 +489,55 @@ void QGraphicsScenePrivate::_q_processDirtyItems()
 
 /*!
     \internal
+*/
+void QGraphicsScenePrivate::setScenePosItemEnabled(QGraphicsItem *item, bool enabled)
+{
+    QGraphicsItem *p = item->d_ptr->parent;
+    while (p) {
+        p->d_ptr->scenePosDescendants = enabled;
+        p = p->d_ptr->parent;
+    }
+    if (!enabled && !scenePosDescendantsUpdatePending) {
+        scenePosDescendantsUpdatePending = true;
+        QMetaObject::invokeMethod(q_func(), "_q_updateScenePosDescendants", Qt::QueuedConnection);
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+*/
+void QGraphicsScenePrivate::registerScenePosItem(QGraphicsItem *item)
+{
+    scenePosItems.insert(item);
+    setScenePosItemEnabled(item, true);
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+*/
+void QGraphicsScenePrivate::unregisterScenePosItem(QGraphicsItem *item)
+{
+    scenePosItems.remove(item);
+    setScenePosItemEnabled(item, false);
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+*/
+void QGraphicsScenePrivate::_q_updateScenePosDescendants()
+{
+    foreach (QGraphicsItem *item, scenePosItems) {
+        QGraphicsItem *p = item->d_ptr->parent;
+        while (p) {
+            p->d_ptr->scenePosDescendants = 1;
+            p = p->d_ptr->parent;
+        }
+    }
+    scenePosDescendantsUpdatePending = false;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
 
     Schedules an item for removal. This function leaves some stale indexes
     around in the BSP tree if called from the item's destructor; these will
@@ -523,6 +573,9 @@ void QGraphicsScenePrivate::removeItemHelper(QGraphicsItem *item)
         widget->d_func()->fixFocusChainBeforeReparenting(0, 0);
     }
 
+    if (item->flags() & QGraphicsItem::ItemSendsScenePositionChanges)
+        unregisterScenePosItem(item);
+
     item->d_func()->scene = 0;
 
     //We need to remove all children first because they might use their parent
@@ -2293,8 +2346,9 @@ void QGraphicsScene::clear()
     // NB! We have to clear the index before deleting items; otherwise the
     // index might try to access dangling item pointers.
     d->index->clear();
-    const QList<QGraphicsItem *> items = d->topLevelItems;
-    qDeleteAll(items);
+    // NB! QGraphicsScenePrivate::unregisterTopLevelItem() removes items
+    while (!d->topLevelItems.isEmpty())
+        delete d->topLevelItems.first();
     Q_ASSERT(d->topLevelItems.isEmpty());
     d->lastItemCount = 0;
     d->allItemsIgnoreHoverEvents = true;
@@ -2540,6 +2594,9 @@ void QGraphicsScene::addItem(QGraphicsItem *item)
         }
     }
 
+    if (item->flags() & QGraphicsItem::ItemSendsScenePositionChanges)
+        d->registerScenePosItem(item);
+
     // Ensure that newly added items that have subfocus set, gain
     // focus automatically if there isn't a focus item already.
     if (!d->focusItem && item != d->lastFocusItem && item->focusItem() == item)
@@ -2826,18 +2883,20 @@ void QGraphicsScene::removeItem(QGraphicsItem *item)
 }
 
 /*!
-    Returns the scene's current focus item, or 0 if no item currently has
-    focus.
+    When the scene is active, this functions returns the scene's current focus
+    item, or 0 if no item currently has focus. When the scene is inactive, this
+    functions returns the item that will gain input focus when the scene becomes
+    active.
 
     The focus item receives keyboard input when the scene receives a
     key event.
 
-    \sa setFocusItem(), QGraphicsItem::hasFocus()
+    \sa setFocusItem(), QGraphicsItem::hasFocus(), isActive()
 */
 QGraphicsItem *QGraphicsScene::focusItem() const
 {
     Q_D(const QGraphicsScene);
-    return d->focusItem;
+    return isActive() ? d->focusItem : d->lastFocusItem;
 }
 
 /*!
@@ -4149,7 +4208,7 @@ static void _q_paintIntoCache(QPixmap *pix, QGraphicsItem *item, const QRegion &
     QRect br = pixmapExposed.boundingRect();
 
     // Don't use subpixmap if we get a full update.
-    if (pixmapExposed.isEmpty() || (pixmapExposed.numRects() == 1 && br.contains(pix->rect()))) {
+    if (pixmapExposed.isEmpty() || (pixmapExposed.rectCount() == 1 && br.contains(pix->rect()))) {
         pix->fill(Qt::transparent);
         pixmapPainter.begin(pix);
     } else {
@@ -4577,6 +4636,7 @@ void QGraphicsScenePrivate::drawSubtreeRecursive(QGraphicsItem *item, QPainter *
     if (itemHasChildren && itemClipsChildrenToShape)
         ENSURE_TRANSFORM_PTR;
 
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT
     if (item->d_ptr->graphicsEffect && item->d_ptr->graphicsEffect->isEnabled()) {
         ENSURE_TRANSFORM_PTR;
         QGraphicsItemPaintInfo info(viewTransform, transformPtr, effectTransform, exposedRegion, widget, &styleOptionTmp,
@@ -4596,10 +4656,12 @@ void QGraphicsScenePrivate::drawSubtreeRecursive(QGraphicsItem *item, QPainter *
             sourced->lastEffectTransform = painter->worldTransform();
             sourced->invalidateCache();
         }
-        item->d_ptr->graphicsEffect->draw(painter, source);
+        item->d_ptr->graphicsEffect->draw(painter);
         painter->setWorldTransform(restoreTransform);
         sourced->info = 0;
-    } else {
+    } else
+#endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT
+    {
         draw(item, painter, viewTransform, transformPtr, exposedRegion, widget, opacity,
              effectTransform, wasDirtyParentSceneTransform, drawItem);
     }
@@ -4768,10 +4830,12 @@ void QGraphicsScenePrivate::markDirty(QGraphicsItem *item, const QRectF &rect, b
     QGraphicsItem *p = item->d_ptr->parent;
     while (p) {
         p->d_ptr->dirtyChildren = 1;
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT
         if (p->d_ptr->graphicsEffect && p->d_ptr->graphicsEffect->isEnabled()) {
             p->d_ptr->dirty = 1;
             p->d_ptr->fullUpdatePending = 1;
         }
+#endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT
         p = p->d_ptr->parent;
     }
 }
diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsscene.h b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsscene.h
index d6d48d7..a47574e 100644
--- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsscene.h
+++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsscene.h
@@ -299,6 +299,7 @@ private:
     Q_PRIVATE_SLOT(d_func(), void _q_emitUpdated())
     Q_PRIVATE_SLOT(d_func(), void _q_polishItems())
     Q_PRIVATE_SLOT(d_func(), void _q_processDirtyItems())
+    Q_PRIVATE_SLOT(d_func(), void _q_updateScenePosDescendants())
     friend class QGraphicsItem;
     friend class QGraphicsItemPrivate;
     friend class QGraphicsView;
diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsscene_p.h b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsscene_p.h
index f8db084..fdec466 100644
--- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsscene_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsscene_p.h
@@ -122,6 +122,13 @@ public:
 
     void _q_processDirtyItems();
 
+    QSet<QGraphicsItem *> scenePosItems;
+    bool scenePosDescendantsUpdatePending;
+    void setScenePosItemEnabled(QGraphicsItem *item, bool enabled);
+    void registerScenePosItem(QGraphicsItem *item);
+    void unregisterScenePosItem(QGraphicsItem *item);
+    void _q_updateScenePosDescendants();
+
     void removeItemHelper(QGraphicsItem *item);
 
     QBrush backgroundBrush;
@@ -234,6 +241,7 @@ public:
         item->d_ptr->fullUpdatePending = 0;
         item->d_ptr->ignoreVisible = 0;
         item->d_ptr->ignoreOpacity = 0;
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT
         QGraphicsEffect::ChangeFlags flags;
         if (item->d_ptr->notifyBoundingRectChanged) {
             flags |= QGraphicsEffect::SourceBoundingRectChanged;
@@ -243,12 +251,15 @@ public:
             flags |= QGraphicsEffect::SourceInvalidated;
             item->d_ptr->notifyInvalidated = 0;
         }
+#endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT
         if (recursive) {
             for (int i = 0; i < item->d_ptr->children.size(); ++i)
                 resetDirtyItem(item->d_ptr->children.at(i), recursive);
         }
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT
         if (flags && item->d_ptr->graphicsEffect)
             item->d_ptr->graphicsEffect->sourceChanged(flags);
+#endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT
     }
 
     inline void ensureSortedTopLevelItems()
diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsview.cpp b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsview.cpp
index c88f678..27fd09e 100644
--- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsview.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsview.cpp
@@ -978,7 +978,7 @@ QList<QGraphicsItem *> QGraphicsViewPrivate::findItems(const QRegion &exposedReg
     // Step 2) If the expose region is a simple rect and the view is only
     // translated or scaled, search for items using
     // QGraphicsScene::items(QRectF).
-    bool simpleRectLookup =  exposedRegion.numRects() == 1 && matrix.type() <= QTransform::TxScale;
+    bool simpleRectLookup =  exposedRegion.rectCount() == 1 && matrix.type() <= QTransform::TxScale;
     if (simpleRectLookup) {
         return scene->items(exposedRegionSceneBounds,
                             Qt::IntersectsItemBoundingRect,
@@ -1512,6 +1512,11 @@ void QGraphicsView::setScene(QGraphicsScene *scene)
                    this, SLOT(updateSceneRect(QRectF)));
         d->scene->d_func()->removeView(this);
         d->connectedToScene = false;
+
+        if (isActiveWindow() && isVisible()) {
+            QEvent windowDeactivate(QEvent::WindowDeactivate);
+            QApplication::sendEvent(d->scene, &windowDeactivate);
+        }
     }
 
     // Assign the new scene and update the contents (scrollbars, etc.)).
@@ -1533,6 +1538,11 @@ void QGraphicsView::setScene(QGraphicsScene *scene)
         // enable touch events if any items is interested in them
         if (!d->scene->d_func()->allItemsIgnoreTouchEvents)
             d->viewport->setAttribute(Qt::WA_AcceptTouchEvents);
+
+        if (isActiveWindow() && isVisible()) {
+            QEvent windowActivate(QEvent::WindowActivate);
+            QApplication::sendEvent(d->scene, &windowActivate);
+        }
     } else {
         d->recalculateContentSize();
     }
@@ -2638,6 +2648,19 @@ bool QGraphicsView::viewportEvent(QEvent *event)
             d->scene->d_func()->removePopup(d->scene->d_func()->popupWidgets.first());
         QApplication::sendEvent(d->scene, event);
         break;
+    case QEvent::Show:
+        if (d->scene && isActiveWindow()) {
+            QEvent windowActivate(QEvent::WindowActivate);
+            QApplication::sendEvent(d->scene, &windowActivate);
+        }
+        break;
+    case QEvent::Hide:
+        // spontaneous event will generate a WindowDeactivate.
+        if (!event->spontaneous() && d->scene && isActiveWindow()) {
+            QEvent windowDeactivate(QEvent::WindowDeactivate);
+            QApplication::sendEvent(d->scene, &windowDeactivate);
+        }
+        break;
     case QEvent::Leave:
         // ### This is a temporary fix for until we get proper mouse grab
         // events. activeMouseGrabberItem should be set to 0 if we lose the
@@ -3252,10 +3275,13 @@ void QGraphicsView::paintEvent(QPaintEvent *event)
 
     // Determine the exposed region
     d->exposedRegion = event->region();
+    if (d->exposedRegion.isEmpty())
+        d->exposedRegion = viewport()->rect();
     QRectF exposedSceneRect = mapToScene(d->exposedRegion.boundingRect()).boundingRect();
 
     // Set up the painter
     QPainter painter(viewport());
+    painter.setClipRect(event->rect(), Qt::IntersectClip);
 #ifndef QT_NO_RUBBERBAND
     if (d->rubberBanding && !d->rubberBandRect.isEmpty())
         painter.save();
diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicswidget.cpp b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicswidget.cpp
index d70a281..d9c65bb 100644
--- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicswidget.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicswidget.cpp
@@ -318,6 +318,12 @@ void QGraphicsWidget::resize(const QSizeF &size)
 */
 
 /*!
+    \property QGraphicsWidget::sizePolicy
+    \brief the size policy for the widget
+    \sa sizePolicy(), setSizePolicy(), QWidget::sizePolicy()
+*/
+
+/*!
     \property QGraphicsWidget::geometry
     \brief the geometry of the widget
 
@@ -410,6 +416,27 @@ void QGraphicsWidget::setGeometry(const QRectF &rect)
 */
 
 /*!
+    \property QGraphicsWidget::minimumSize
+    \brief the minimum size of the widget
+
+    \sa setMinimumSize(), minimumSize(), preferredSize, maximumSize
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \property QGraphicsWidget::preferredSize
+    \brief the preferred size of the widget
+
+    \sa setPreferredSize(), preferredSize(), minimumSize, maximumSize
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \property QGraphicsWidget::maximumSize
+    \brief the maximum size of the widget
+
+    \sa setMaximumSize(), maximumSize(), minimumSize, preferredSize
+*/
+
+/*!
     Sets the widget's contents margins to \a left, \a top, \a right and \a
     bottom.
 
diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicswidget.h b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicswidget.h
index 9c71140..05d3a49 100644
--- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicswidget.h
+++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicswidget.h
@@ -74,6 +74,10 @@ class Q_GUI_EXPORT QGraphicsWidget : public QGraphicsObject, public QGraphicsLay
     Q_PROPERTY(QFont font READ font WRITE setFont)
     Q_PROPERTY(Qt::LayoutDirection layoutDirection READ layoutDirection WRITE setLayoutDirection RESET unsetLayoutDirection)
     Q_PROPERTY(QSizeF size READ size WRITE resize)
+    Q_PROPERTY(QSizeF minimumSize READ minimumSize WRITE setMinimumSize)
+    Q_PROPERTY(QSizeF preferredSize READ preferredSize WRITE setPreferredSize)
+    Q_PROPERTY(QSizeF maximumSize READ maximumSize WRITE setMaximumSize)
+    Q_PROPERTY(QSizePolicy sizePolicy READ sizePolicy WRITE setSizePolicy)
     Q_PROPERTY(Qt::FocusPolicy focusPolicy READ focusPolicy WRITE setFocusPolicy)
     Q_PROPERTY(Qt::WindowFlags windowFlags READ windowFlags WRITE setWindowFlags)
     Q_PROPERTY(QString windowTitle READ windowTitle WRITE setWindowTitle)
diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qsimplex_p.cpp b/src/gui/graphicsview/qsimplex_p.cpp
index 86b10b4..cd40f9e 100644
--- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qsimplex_p.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qsimplex_p.cpp
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ bool QSimplex::setConstraints(const QList<QSimplexConstraint *> newConstraints)
     // original problem.
     // Otherwise, we clean up our structures and report there is
     // no feasible solution.
-    if (valueAt(0, columns - 1) != 0.0) {
+    if ((valueAt(0, columns - 1) != 0.0) && (qAbs(valueAt(0, columns - 1)) > 0.00001)) {
         qWarning() << "QSimplex: No feasible solution!";
         clearDataStructures();
         return false;
diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qsimplex_p.h b/src/gui/graphicsview/qsimplex_p.h
index 084ad7f..a5816d1 100644
--- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qsimplex_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qsimplex_p.h
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ struct QSimplexConstraint
 
         Q_ASSERT(constant > 0 || qFuzzyCompare(1, 1 + constant));
 
-        if ((leftHandSide == constant) || qFuzzyCompare(1000 + leftHandSide, 1000 + constant))
+        if ((leftHandSide == constant) || qAbs(leftHandSide - constant) < 0.00000001)
             return true;
 
         switch (ratio) {
diff --git a/src/gui/image/qbmphandler.cpp b/src/gui/image/qbmphandler.cpp
index 4b6fcba..f3eb7c3 100644
--- a/src/gui/image/qbmphandler.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/image/qbmphandler.cpp
@@ -52,9 +52,9 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 static void swapPixel01(QImage *image)        // 1-bpp: swap 0 and 1 pixels
 {
     int i;
-    if (image->depth() == 1 && image->numColors() == 2) {
+    if (image->depth() == 1 && image->colorCount() == 2) {
         register uint *p = (uint *)image->bits();
-        int nbytes = image->numBytes();
+        int nbytes = image->byteCount();
         for (i=0; i<nbytes/4; i++) {
             *p = ~*p;
             p++;
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ static bool read_dib_body(QDataStream &s, const BMP_INFOHDR &bi, int offset, int
 
     if (depth != 32) {
         ncols = bi.biClrUsed ? bi.biClrUsed : 1 << nbits;
-        image.setNumColors(ncols);
+        image.setColorCount(ncols);
     }
 
     image.setDotsPerMeterX(bi.biXPelsPerMeter);
@@ -526,7 +526,7 @@ bool qt_write_dib(QDataStream &s, QImage image)
     if (!d->isWritable())
         return false;
 
-    if (image.depth() == 8 && image.numColors() <= 16) {
+    if (image.depth() == 8 && image.colorCount() <= 16) {
         bpl_bmp = (((bpl+1)/2+3)/4)*4;
         nbits = 4;
     } else if (image.depth() == 32) {
@@ -554,23 +554,23 @@ bool qt_write_dib(QDataStream &s, QImage image)
     bi.biXPelsPerMeter = image.dotsPerMeterX() ? image.dotsPerMeterX()
                                                 : 2834; // 72 dpi default
     bi.biYPelsPerMeter = image.dotsPerMeterY() ? image.dotsPerMeterY() : 2834;
-    bi.biClrUsed       = image.numColors();
-    bi.biClrImportant  = image.numColors();
+    bi.biClrUsed       = image.colorCount();
+    bi.biClrImportant  = image.colorCount();
     s << bi;                                        // write info header
     if (s.status() != QDataStream::Ok)
         return false;
 
     if (image.depth() != 32) {                // write color table
-        uchar *color_table = new uchar[4*image.numColors()];
+        uchar *color_table = new uchar[4*image.colorCount()];
         uchar *rgb = color_table;
         QVector<QRgb> c = image.colorTable();
-        for (int i=0; i<image.numColors(); i++) {
+        for (int i=0; i<image.colorCount(); i++) {
             *rgb++ = qBlue (c[i]);
             *rgb++ = qGreen(c[i]);
             *rgb++ = qRed  (c[i]);
             *rgb++ = 0;
         }
-        if (d->write((char *)color_table, 4*image.numColors()) == -1) {
+        if (d->write((char *)color_table, 4*image.colorCount()) == -1) {
             delete [] color_table;
             return false;
         }
@@ -754,7 +754,7 @@ bool QBmpHandler::write(const QImage &img)
     int bpl = image.bytesPerLine();
 
     // Code partially repeated in qt_write_dib
-    if (image.depth() == 8 && image.numColors() <= 16) {
+    if (image.depth() == 8 && image.colorCount() <= 16) {
         bpl_bmp = (((bpl+1)/2+3)/4)*4;
     } else if (image.depth() == 32) {
         bpl_bmp = ((image.width()*24+31)/32)*4;
@@ -771,7 +771,7 @@ bool QBmpHandler::write(const QImage &img)
     // write file header
     bf.bfReserved1 = 0;
     bf.bfReserved2 = 0;
-    bf.bfOffBits = BMP_FILEHDR_SIZE + BMP_WIN + image.numColors() * 4;
+    bf.bfOffBits = BMP_FILEHDR_SIZE + BMP_WIN + image.colorCount() * 4;
     bf.bfSize = bf.bfOffBits + bpl_bmp*image.height();
     s << bf;
 
diff --git a/src/gui/image/qimage.cpp b/src/gui/image/qimage.cpp
index 21ca1e3..ec8dd88 100644
--- a/src/gui/image/qimage.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/image/qimage.cpp
@@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ bool QImageData::checkForAlphaPixels() const
     to the pixel() function.  The pixel() function returns the color
     as a QRgb value indepedent of the image's format.
 
-    In case of monochrome and 8-bit images, the numColors() and
+    In case of monochrome and 8-bit images, the colorCount() and
     colorTable() functions provide information about the color
     components used to store the image data: The colorTable() function
     returns the image's entire color table. To obtain a single entry,
@@ -484,7 +484,7 @@ bool QImageData::checkForAlphaPixels() const
     depths are 1 (monochrome), 8 and 32 (for more information see the
     \l {QImage#Image Formats}{Image Formats} section).
 
-    The format(), bytesPerLine(), and numBytes() functions provide
+    The format(), bytesPerLine(), and byteCount() functions provide
     low-level information about the data stored in the image.
 
     The cacheKey() function returns a number that uniquely
@@ -623,7 +623,7 @@ bool QImageData::checkForAlphaPixels() const
     \o Sets the color table used to translate color indexes. Only
     monochrome and 8-bit formats.
     \row
-    \o setNumColors()
+    \o setColorCount()
     \o Resizes the color table. Only monochrome and 8-bit formats.
 
     \endtable
@@ -906,7 +906,7 @@ QImageData *QImageData::create(uchar *data, int width, int height,  int bpl, QIm
 
     If \a format is an indexed color format, the image color table is
     initially empty and must be sufficiently expanded with
-    setNumColors() or setColorTable() before the image is used.
+    setColorCount() or setColorTable() before the image is used.
 */
 QImage::QImage(uchar* data, int width, int height, Format format)
     : QPaintDevice()
@@ -928,7 +928,7 @@ QImage::QImage(uchar* data, int width, int height, Format format)
 
     If \a format is an indexed color format, the image color table is
     initially empty and must be sufficiently expanded with
-    setNumColors() or setColorTable() before the image is used.
+    setColorCount() or setColorTable() before the image is used.
 
     Unlike the similar QImage constructor that takes a non-const data buffer,
     this version will never alter the contents of the buffer.  For example,
@@ -954,7 +954,7 @@ QImage::QImage(const uchar* data, int width, int height, Format format)
 
     If \a format is an indexed color format, the image color table is
     initially empty and must be sufficiently expanded with
-    setNumColors() or setColorTable() before the image is used.
+    setColorCount() or setColorTable() before the image is used.
 */
 QImage::QImage(uchar *data, int width, int height, int bytesPerLine, Format format)
     :QPaintDevice()
@@ -974,7 +974,7 @@ QImage::QImage(uchar *data, int width, int height, int bytesPerLine, Format form
 
     If \a format is an indexed color format, the image color table is
     initially empty and must be sufficiently expanded with
-    setNumColors() or setColorTable() before the image is used.
+    setColorCount() or setColorTable() before the image is used.
 
     Unlike the similar QImage constructor that takes a non-const data buffer,
     this version will never alter the contents of the buffer.  For example,
@@ -1126,7 +1126,7 @@ QImage::QImage(const QImage &image)
 
     Use the constructor that accepts a width, a height and a format
     (i.e. specifying the depth and bit order), in combination with the
-    setNumColors() function, instead.
+    setColorCount() function, instead.
 
     \oldcode
         QImage image(width, height, depth, numColors);
@@ -1135,15 +1135,15 @@ QImage::QImage(const QImage &image)
 
         // For 8 bit images the default number of colors is 256. If
         // another number of colors is required it can be specified
-        // using the setNumColors() function.
-        image.setNumColors(numColors);
+        // using the setColorCount() function.
+        image.setColorCount(numColors);
     \endcode
 */
 
-QImage::QImage(int w, int h, int depth, int numColors, Endian bitOrder)
+QImage::QImage(int w, int h, int depth, int colorCount, Endian bitOrder)
     : QPaintDevice()
 {
-    d = QImageData::create(QSize(w, h), formatFor(depth, bitOrder), numColors);
+    d = QImageData::create(QSize(w, h), formatFor(depth, bitOrder), colorCount);
 }
 
 /*!
@@ -1152,7 +1152,7 @@ QImage::QImage(int w, int h, int depth, int numColors, Endian bitOrder)
 
     Use the constructor that accepts a size and a format
     (i.e. specifying the depth and bit order), in combination with the
-    setNumColors() function, instead.
+    setColorCount() function, instead.
 
     \oldcode
         QSize mySize(width, height);
@@ -1163,8 +1163,8 @@ QImage::QImage(int w, int h, int depth, int numColors, Endian bitOrder)
 
         // For 8 bit images the default number of colors is 256. If
         // another number of colors is required it can be specified
-        // using the setNumColors() function.
-        image.setNumColors(numColors);
+        // using the setColorCount() function.
+        image.setColorCount(numColors);
     \endcode
 */
 QImage::QImage(const QSize& size, int depth, int numColors, Endian bitOrder)
@@ -1232,7 +1232,7 @@ QImage::QImage(uchar* data, int w, int h, int depth, const QRgb* colortable, int
         for (int i = 0; i < numColors; ++i)
             d->colortable[i] = colortable[i];
     } else if (numColors) {
-        setNumColors(numColors);
+        setColorCount(numColors);
     }
 }
 
@@ -1283,7 +1283,7 @@ QImage::QImage(uchar* data, int w, int h, int depth, int bpl, const QRgb* colort
         for (int i = 0; i < numColors; ++i)
             d->colortable[i] = colortable[i];
     } else if (numColors) {
-        setNumColors(numColors);
+        setColorCount(numColors);
     }
 }
 #endif // Q_WS_QWS
@@ -1592,17 +1592,31 @@ int QImage::depth() const
 }
 
 /*!
+    \obsolete
     \fn int QImage::numColors() const
 
     Returns the size of the color table for the image.
 
-    Notice that numColors() returns 0 for 32-bpp images because these
+    \sa setColorCount()
+*/
+int QImage::numColors() const
+{
+    return d ? d->colortable.size() : 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \since 4.6
+    \fn int QImage::colorCount() const
+
+    Returns the size of the color table for the image.
+
+    Notice that colorCount() returns 0 for 32-bpp images because these
     images do not use color tables, but instead encode pixel values as
     ARGB quadruplets.
 
-    \sa setNumColors(), {QImage#Image Information}{Image Information}
+    \sa setColorCount(), {QImage#Image Information}{Image Information}
 */
-int QImage::numColors() const
+int QImage::colorCount() const
 {
     return d ? d->colortable.size() : 0;
 }
@@ -1711,7 +1725,7 @@ void QImage::setColorTable(const QVector<QRgb> colors)
     Returns a list of the colors contained in the image's color table,
     or an empty list if the image does not have a color table
 
-    \sa setColorTable(), numColors(), color()
+    \sa setColorTable(), colorCount(), color()
 */
 QVector<QRgb> QImage::colorTable() const
 {
@@ -1720,12 +1734,24 @@ QVector<QRgb> QImage::colorTable() const
 
 
 /*!
+    \obsolete
+    Returns the number of bytes occupied by the image data.
+
+    \sa byteCount()
+*/
+int QImage::numBytes() const
+{
+    return d ? d->nbytes : 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \since 4.6
     Returns the number of bytes occupied by the image data.
 
     \sa bytesPerLine(), bits(), {QImage#Image Information}{Image
     Information}
 */
-int QImage::numBytes() const
+int QImage::byteCount() const
 {
     return d ? d->nbytes : 0;
 }
@@ -1733,7 +1759,7 @@ int QImage::numBytes() const
 /*!
     Returns the number of bytes per image scanline.
 
-    This is equivalent to numBytes()/ height().
+    This is equivalent to byteCount() / height().
 
     \sa scanLine()
 */
@@ -1756,7 +1782,7 @@ int QImage::bytesPerLine() const
 */
 QRgb QImage::color(int i) const
 {
-    Q_ASSERT(i < numColors());
+    Q_ASSERT(i < colorCount());
     return d ? d->colortable.at(i) : QRgb(uint(-1));
 }
 
@@ -1767,9 +1793,9 @@ QRgb QImage::color(int i) const
     given to \a colorValue. The color value is an ARGB quadruplet.
 
     If \a index is outside the current size of the color table, it is
-    expanded with setNumColors().
+    expanded with setColorCount().
 
-    \sa color(), numColors(), setColorTable(), {QImage#Pixel Manipulation}{Pixel
+    \sa color(), colorCount(), setColorTable(), {QImage#Pixel Manipulation}{Pixel
     Manipulation}
 */
 void QImage::setColor(int i, QRgb c)
@@ -1787,7 +1813,7 @@ void QImage::setColor(int i, QRgb c)
         return;
 
     if (i >= d->colortable.size())
-        setNumColors(i+1);
+        setColorCount(i+1);
     d->colortable[i] = c;
     d->has_alpha_clut |= (qAlpha(c) != 255);
 }
@@ -1844,7 +1870,7 @@ const uchar *QImage::scanLine(int i) const
     data, thus ensuring that this QImage is the only one using the
     current return value.
 
-    \sa scanLine(), numBytes()
+    \sa scanLine(), byteCount()
 */
 uchar *QImage::bits()
 {
@@ -2025,8 +2051,21 @@ void QImage::invertPixels(InvertMode mode)
 #endif
 
 /*!
+    \obsolete
     Resizes the color table to contain \a numColors entries.
 
+    \sa setColorCount()
+*/
+
+void QImage::setNumColors(int numColors)
+{
+    setColorCount(numColors);
+}
+
+/*!
+    \since 4.6
+    Resizes the color table to contain \a colorCount entries.
+
     If the color table is expanded, all the extra colors will be set to
     transparent (i.e qRgba(0, 0, 0, 0)).
 
@@ -2034,14 +2073,14 @@ void QImage::invertPixels(InvertMode mode)
     have entries for all the pixel/index values present in the image,
     otherwise the results are undefined.
 
-    \sa numColors(), colorTable(), setColor(), {QImage#Image
+    \sa colorCount(), colorTable(), setColor(), {QImage#Image
     Transformations}{Image Transformations}
 */
 
-void QImage::setNumColors(int numColors)
+void QImage::setColorCount(int colorCount)
 {
     if (!d) {
-        qWarning("QImage::setNumColors: null image");
+        qWarning("QImage::setColorCount: null image");
         return;
     }
 
@@ -2051,17 +2090,16 @@ void QImage::setNumColors(int numColors)
     if (!d)
         return;
 
-    if (numColors == d->colortable.size())
+    if (colorCount == d->colortable.size())
         return;
-    if (numColors <= 0) {                        // use no color table
+    if (colorCount <= 0) {                        // use no color table
         d->colortable = QVector<QRgb>();
         return;
     }
     int nc = d->colortable.size();
-    d->colortable.resize(numColors);
-    for (int i = nc; i < numColors; ++i)
+    d->colortable.resize(colorCount);
+    for (int i = nc; i < colorCount; ++i)
         d->colortable[i] = 0;
-
 }
 
 /*!
@@ -3674,7 +3712,7 @@ QRgb QImage::pixel(int x, int y) const
     otherwise the parameter must be a QRgb value.
 
     If \a position is not a valid coordinate pair in the image, or if
-    \a index_or_rgb >= numColors() in the case of monochrome and
+    \a index_or_rgb >= colorCount() in the case of monochrome and
     8-bit images, the result is undefined.
 
     \warning This function is expensive due to the call of the internal
@@ -3835,7 +3873,7 @@ bool QImage::allGray() const
     } else {
         if (d->colortable.isEmpty())
             return true;
-        for (int i = 0; i < numColors(); i++)
+        for (int i = 0; i < colorCount(); i++)
             if (!qIsGray(d->colortable.at(i)))
                 return false;
     }
@@ -3862,7 +3900,7 @@ bool QImage::isGrayscale() const
     case 16:
         return allGray();
     case 8: {
-        for (int i = 0; i < numColors(); i++)
+        for (int i = 0; i < colorCount(); i++)
             if (d->colortable.at(i) != qRgb(i,i,i))
                 return false;
         return true;
@@ -4128,7 +4166,7 @@ QImage QImage::createHeuristicMask(bool clipTight) const
     int w = width();
     int h = height();
     QImage m(w, h, Format_MonoLSB);
-    m.setNumColors(2);
+    m.setColorCount(2);
     m.setColor(0, QColor(Qt::color0).rgba());
     m.setColor(1, QColor(Qt::color1).rgba());
     m.fill(0xff);
@@ -5703,7 +5741,7 @@ QImage QImage::alphaChannel() const
     int h = d->height;
 
     QImage image(w, h, Format_Indexed8);
-    image.setNumColors(256);
+    image.setColorCount(256);
 
     // set up gray scale table.
     for (int i=0; i<256; ++i)
@@ -5833,7 +5871,7 @@ static QImage smoothScaled(const QImage &source, int w, int h) {
 
 static QImage rotated90(const QImage &image) {
     QImage out(image.height(), image.width(), image.format());
-    if (image.numColors() > 0)
+    if (image.colorCount() > 0)
         out.setColorTable(image.colorTable());
     int w = image.width();
     int h = image.height();
@@ -5872,7 +5910,7 @@ static QImage rotated90(const QImage &image) {
         break;
     default:
         for (int y=0; y<h; ++y) {
-            if (image.numColors())
+            if (image.colorCount())
                 for (int x=0; x<w; ++x)
                     out.setPixel(h-y-1, x, image.pixelIndex(x, y));
             else
@@ -5892,7 +5930,7 @@ static QImage rotated180(const QImage &image) {
 
 static QImage rotated270(const QImage &image) {
     QImage out(image.height(), image.width(), image.format());
-    if (image.numColors() > 0)
+    if (image.colorCount() > 0)
         out.setColorTable(image.colorTable());
     int w = image.width();
     int h = image.height();
@@ -5931,7 +5969,7 @@ static QImage rotated270(const QImage &image) {
         break;
     default:
         for (int y=0; y<h; ++y) {
-            if (image.numColors())
+            if (image.colorCount())
                 for (int x=0; x<w; ++x)
                     out.setPixel(y, w-x-1, image.pixelIndex(x, y));
             else
@@ -6071,16 +6109,16 @@ QImage QImage::transformed(const QTransform &matrix, Qt::TransformationMode mode
             if (dImage.d->colortable.size() < 256) {
                 // colors are left in the color table, so pick that one as transparent
                 dImage.d->colortable.append(0x0);
-                memset(dImage.bits(), dImage.d->colortable.size() - 1, dImage.numBytes());
+                memset(dImage.bits(), dImage.d->colortable.size() - 1, dImage.byteCount());
             } else {
-                memset(dImage.bits(), 0, dImage.numBytes());
+                memset(dImage.bits(), 0, dImage.byteCount());
             }
             break;
         case 1:
         case 16:
         case 24:
         case 32:
-            memset(dImage.bits(), 0x00, dImage.numBytes());
+            memset(dImage.bits(), 0x00, dImage.byteCount());
             break;
     }
 
diff --git a/src/gui/image/qimage.h b/src/gui/image/qimage.h
index 1ac56a7..d8809ef 100644
--- a/src/gui/image/qimage.h
+++ b/src/gui/image/qimage.h
@@ -165,18 +165,21 @@ public:
     QRect rect() const;
 
     int depth() const;
-    int numColors() const;
+    QT_DEPRECATED int numColors() const;
+    int colorCount() const;
 
     QRgb color(int i) const;
     void setColor(int i, QRgb c);
-    void setNumColors(int);
+    QT_DEPRECATED void setNumColors(int);
+    void setColorCount(int);
 
     bool allGray() const;
     bool isGrayscale() const;
 
     uchar *bits();
     const uchar *bits() const;
-    int numBytes() const;
+    QT_DEPRECATED int numBytes() const;
+    int byteCount() const;
 
     uchar *scanLine(int);
     const uchar *scanLine(int) const;
diff --git a/src/gui/image/qpixmap.cpp b/src/gui/image/qpixmap.cpp
index dfeea76..985a20b 100644
--- a/src/gui/image/qpixmap.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/image/qpixmap.cpp
@@ -2150,6 +2150,13 @@ QPixmapData* QPixmap::pixmapData() const
 */
 
 /*! \fn int QPixmap::numCols() const
+    \obsolete
+    \internal
+    \sa colorCount()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn int QPixmap::colorCount() const
+    \since 4.6
     \internal
 */
 
diff --git a/src/gui/image/qpixmap.h b/src/gui/image/qpixmap.h
index d11bd03..d95b4ee 100644
--- a/src/gui/image/qpixmap.h
+++ b/src/gui/image/qpixmap.h
@@ -185,7 +185,8 @@ public:
     const uchar *qwsBits() const;
     int qwsBytesPerLine() const;
     QRgb *clut() const;
-    int numCols() const;
+    QT_DEPRECATED int numCols() const;
+    int colorCount() const;
 #elif defined(Q_WS_MAC)
     Qt::HANDLE macQDHandle() const;
     Qt::HANDLE macQDAlphaHandle() const;
diff --git a/src/gui/image/qpixmap_mac.cpp b/src/gui/image/qpixmap_mac.cpp
index 9209d45..6175931 100644
--- a/src/gui/image/qpixmap_mac.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/image/qpixmap_mac.cpp
@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ void QMacPixmapData::fromImage(const QImage &img,
         } else if ((flags & Qt::ColorMode_Mask) == Qt::ColorOnly) {
             conv8 = d == 1;                     // native depth wanted
         } else if (d == 1) {
-            if (image.numColors() == 2) {
+            if (image.colorCount() == 2) {
                 QRgb c0 = image.color(0);       // Auto: convert to best
                 QRgb c1 = image.color(1);
                 conv8 = qMin(c0,c1) != qRgb(0,0,0) || qMax(c0,c1) != qRgb(255,255,255);
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ void QMacPixmapData::fromImage(const QImage &img,
         bool alphamap = image.depth() == 32;
         if (sfmt == QImage::Format_Indexed8) {
             const QVector<QRgb> rgb = image.colorTable();
-            for (int i = 0, count = image.numColors(); i < count; ++i) {
+            for (int i = 0, count = image.colorCount(); i < count; ++i) {
                 const int alpha = qAlpha(rgb[i]);
                 if (alpha != 0xff) {
                     alphamap = true;
@@ -355,13 +355,13 @@ void QMacPixmapData::fromImage(const QImage &img,
 int get_index(QImage * qi,QRgb mycol)
 {
     int loopc;
-    for(loopc=0;loopc<qi->numColors();loopc++) {
+    for(loopc=0;loopc<qi->colorCount();loopc++) {
         if(qi->color(loopc)==mycol)
             return loopc;
     }
-    qi->setNumColors(qi->numColors()+1);
-    qi->setColor(qi->numColors(),mycol);
-    return qi->numColors();
+    qi->setColorCount(qi->colorCount()+1);
+    qi->setColor(qi->colorCount(),mycol);
+    return qi->colorCount();
 }
 
 QImage QMacPixmapData::toImage() const
@@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ QImage QMacPixmapData::toImage() const
     const uint sbpr = bytesPerRow;
     if (format == QImage::Format_MonoLSB) {
         image.fill(0);
-        image.setNumColors(2);
+        image.setColorCount(2);
         image.setColor(0, QColor(Qt::color0).rgba());
         image.setColor(1, QColor(Qt::color1).rgba());
         for (int y = 0; y < h; ++y) {
diff --git a/src/gui/image/qpixmap_qws.cpp b/src/gui/image/qpixmap_qws.cpp
index a8516a5..69626ed 100644
--- a/src/gui/image/qpixmap_qws.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/image/qpixmap_qws.cpp
@@ -124,9 +124,14 @@ QRgb* QPixmap::clut() const
 
 int QPixmap::numCols() const
 {
+    return colorCount();
+}
+
+int QPixmap::colorCount() const
+{
     if (data && data->classId() == QPixmapData::RasterClass) {
         const QRasterPixmapData *d = static_cast<const QRasterPixmapData*>(data.data());
-        return d->image.numColors();
+        return d->image.colorCount();
     }
 
     return 0;
diff --git a/src/gui/image/qpixmap_raster.cpp b/src/gui/image/qpixmap_raster.cpp
index fc76dc3..1b01e6f 100644
--- a/src/gui/image/qpixmap_raster.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/image/qpixmap_raster.cpp
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ void QRasterPixmapData::resize(int width, int height)
     is_null = (w <= 0 || h <= 0);
 
     if (pixelType() == BitmapType && !image.isNull()) {
-        image.setNumColors(2);
+        image.setColorCount(2);
         image.setColor(0, QColor(Qt::color0).rgba());
         image.setColor(1, QColor(Qt::color1).rgba());
     }
diff --git a/src/gui/image/qpixmap_s60.cpp b/src/gui/image/qpixmap_s60.cpp
index cd8a4d4..9d783dd 100644
--- a/src/gui/image/qpixmap_s60.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/image/qpixmap_s60.cpp
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 ** All rights reserved.
 ** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
-** This file is part of the QtGui of the Qt Toolkit.
+** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
 ** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
 ** No Commercial Usage
@@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ void QS60PixmapData::fromSymbianBitmap(CFbsBitmap* bitmap)
 
 	// Create default palette if needed
 	if (cfbsBitmap->DisplayMode() == EGray2) {
-		image.setNumColors(2);
+		image.setColorCount(2);
 		image.setColor(0, QColor(Qt::color0).rgba());
 		image.setColor(1, QColor(Qt::color1).rgba());
 
@@ -526,13 +526,13 @@ void QS60PixmapData::fromImage(const QImage &img, Qt::ImageConversionFlags flags
     const uchar *sptr = const_cast<const QImage &>(sourceImage).bits();
     symbianBitmapDataAccess->beginDataAccess(cfbsBitmap);
     uchar *dptr = (uchar*)cfbsBitmap->DataAddress();
-    Mem::Copy(dptr, sptr, sourceImage.numBytes());
+    Mem::Copy(dptr, sptr, sourceImage.byteCount());
     symbianBitmapDataAccess->endDataAccess(cfbsBitmap);
 
     UPDATE_BUFFER();
 
     if (destFormat == QImage::Format_MonoLSB) {
-		image.setNumColors(2);
+		image.setColorCount(2);
 		image.setColor(0, QColor(Qt::color0).rgba());
 		image.setColor(1, QColor(Qt::color1).rgba());
 	} else {
@@ -835,7 +835,7 @@ void* QS60PixmapData::toNativeType(NativeType type)
             symbianBitmapDataAccess->beginDataAccess(newBitmap);
 
             uchar *dptr = (uchar*)newBitmap->DataAddress();
-            Mem::Copy(dptr, sptr, source.numBytes());
+            Mem::Copy(dptr, sptr, source.byteCount());
 
             symbianBitmapDataAccess->endDataAccess(newBitmap);
 
diff --git a/src/gui/image/qpixmap_x11.cpp b/src/gui/image/qpixmap_x11.cpp
index c735031..3f297df 100644
--- a/src/gui/image/qpixmap_x11.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/image/qpixmap_x11.cpp
@@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ void QX11PixmapData::fromImage(const QImage &img,
         } else if ((flags & Qt::ColorMode_Mask) == Qt::ColorOnly) {
             conv8 = (d == 1);                        // native depth wanted
         } else if (d == 1) {
-            if (image.numColors() == 2) {
+            if (image.colorCount() == 2) {
                 QRgb c0 = image.color(0);        // Auto: convert to best
                 QRgb c1 = image.color(1);
                 conv8 = qMin(c0,c1) != qRgb(0,0,0) || qMax(c0,c1) != qRgb(255,255,255);
@@ -489,7 +489,7 @@ void QX11PixmapData::fromImage(const QImage &img,
     Visual *visual = (Visual *)xinfo.visual();
     XImage *xi = 0;
     bool    trucol = (visual->c_class >= TrueColor);
-    int     nbytes = image.numBytes();
+    int     nbytes = image.byteCount();
     uchar  *newbits= 0;
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_XRENDER
@@ -631,7 +631,7 @@ void QX11PixmapData::fromImage(const QImage &img,
 
         if (d8) {                                // setup pixel translation
             QVector<QRgb> ctable = cimage.colorTable();
-            for (int i=0; i < cimage.numColors(); i++) {
+            for (int i=0; i < cimage.colorCount(); i++) {
                 int r = qRed  (ctable[i]);
                 int g = qGreen(ctable[i]);
                 int b = qBlue (ctable[i]);
@@ -957,8 +957,8 @@ void QX11PixmapData::fromImage(const QImage &img,
     if (d == 8 && !trucol) {                        // 8 bit pixmap
         int  pop[256];                                // pixel popularity
 
-        if (image.numColors() == 0)
-            image.setNumColors(1);
+        if (image.colorCount() == 0)
+            image.setColorCount(1);
 
         const QImage &cimage = image;
         memset(pop, 0, sizeof(int)*256);        // reset popularity array
@@ -988,11 +988,11 @@ void QX11PixmapData::fromImage(const QImage &img,
             int          mindist;
         };
         int ncols = 0;
-        for (int i=0; i< cimage.numColors(); i++) { // compute number of colors
+        for (int i=0; i< cimage.colorCount(); i++) { // compute number of colors
             if (pop[i] > 0)
                 ncols++;
         }
-        for (int i = cimage.numColors(); i < 256; i++) // ignore out-of-range pixels
+        for (int i = cimage.colorCount(); i < 256; i++) // ignore out-of-range pixels
             pop[i] = 0;
 
         // works since we make sure above to have at least
@@ -1651,7 +1651,7 @@ QImage QX11PixmapData::toImage() const
     }
 
     if (d == 1) {                                // bitmap
-        image.setNumColors(2);
+        image.setColorCount(2);
         image.setColor(0, qRgb(255,255,255));
         image.setColor(1, qRgb(0,0,0));
     } else if (!trucol) {                        // pixmap with colormap
@@ -1707,10 +1707,10 @@ QImage QX11PixmapData::toImage() const
             int trans;
             if (ncols < 256) {
                 trans = ncols++;
-                image.setNumColors(ncols);        // create color table
+                image.setColorCount(ncols);        // create color table
                 image.setColor(trans, 0x00000000);
             } else {
-                image.setNumColors(ncols);        // create color table
+                image.setColorCount(ncols);        // create color table
                 // oh dear... no spare "transparent" pixel.
                 // use first pixel in image (as good as any).
                 trans = image.scanLine(0)[0];
@@ -1733,7 +1733,7 @@ QImage QX11PixmapData::toImage() const
                 }
             }
         } else {
-            image.setNumColors(ncols);        // create color table
+            image.setColorCount(ncols);        // create color table
         }
         QVector<QColor> colors = QColormap::instance(xinfo.screen()).colormap();
         int j = 0;
diff --git a/src/gui/image/qpixmapdata.cpp b/src/gui/image/qpixmapdata.cpp
index 10194e4..38f6b5d 100644
--- a/src/gui/image/qpixmapdata.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/image/qpixmapdata.cpp
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ QBitmap QPixmapData::mask() const
     if (mask.isNull()) // allocation failed
         return QBitmap();
 
-    mask.setNumColors(2);
+    mask.setColorCount(2);
     mask.setColor(0, QColor(Qt::color0).rgba());
     mask.setColor(1, QColor(Qt::color1).rgba());
 
diff --git a/src/gui/image/qpixmapdata_p.h b/src/gui/image/qpixmapdata_p.h
index d1bb92a..41e2923 100644
--- a/src/gui/image/qpixmapdata_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/image/qpixmapdata_p.h
@@ -113,7 +113,8 @@ public:
 
     inline int width() const { return w; }
     inline int height() const { return h; }
-    inline int numColors() const { return metric(QPaintDevice::PdmNumColors); }
+    QT_DEPRECATED inline int numColors() const { return metric(QPaintDevice::PdmNumColors); }
+    inline int colorCount() const { return metric(QPaintDevice::PdmNumColors); }
     inline int depth() const { return d; }
     inline bool isNull() const { return is_null; }
 
diff --git a/src/gui/image/qpixmapfilter.cpp b/src/gui/image/qpixmapfilter.cpp
index 650aeaa..3723500 100644
--- a/src/gui/image/qpixmapfilter.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/image/qpixmapfilter.cpp
@@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ void QPixmapConvolutionFilter::draw(QPainter *painter, const QPointF &p, const Q
     which is applied when \l{QPixmapFilter::}{draw()} is called.
 
     The filter lets you specialize the radius of the blur as well
-    as hint as to whether to prefer performance or quality.
+    as hints as to whether to prefer performance or quality.
 
     By default, the blur effect is produced by applying an exponential
     filter generated from the specified blurRadius().  Paint engines
@@ -505,10 +505,10 @@ void QPixmapConvolutionFilter::draw(QPainter *painter, const QPointF &p, const Q
 class QPixmapBlurFilterPrivate : public QPixmapFilterPrivate
 {
 public:
-    QPixmapBlurFilterPrivate() : radius(5), hint(QGraphicsBlurEffect::PerformanceHint) {}
+    QPixmapBlurFilterPrivate() : radius(5), hints(QGraphicsBlurEffect::PerformanceHint) {}
 
     qreal radius;
-    QGraphicsBlurEffect::BlurHint hint;
+    QGraphicsBlurEffect::BlurHints hints;
 };
 
 
@@ -554,9 +554,9 @@ qreal QPixmapBlurFilter::radius() const
 }
 
 /*!
-    Setting the blur hint to PerformanceHint causes the implementation
+    Setting the blur hints to PerformanceHint causes the implementation
     to trade off visual quality to blur the image faster.  Setting the
-    blur hint to QualityHint causes the implementation to improve
+    blur hints to QualityHint causes the implementation to improve
     visual quality at the expense of speed.
 
     AnimationHint causes the implementation to optimize for animating
@@ -568,21 +568,21 @@ qreal QPixmapBlurFilter::radius() const
 
     \internal
 */
-void QPixmapBlurFilter::setBlurHint(QGraphicsBlurEffect::BlurHint hint)
+void QPixmapBlurFilter::setBlurHints(QGraphicsBlurEffect::BlurHints hints)
 {
     Q_D(QPixmapBlurFilter);
-    d->hint = hint;
+    d->hints = hints;
 }
 
 /*!
-    Gets the blur hint of the blur filter.
+    Gets the blur hints of the blur filter.
 
     \internal
 */
-QGraphicsBlurEffect::BlurHint QPixmapBlurFilter::blurHint() const
+QGraphicsBlurEffect::BlurHints QPixmapBlurFilter::blurHints() const
 {
     Q_D(const QPixmapBlurFilter);
-    return d->hint;
+    return d->hints;
 }
 
 /*!
@@ -685,7 +685,7 @@ void QPixmapBlurFilter::draw(QPainter *painter, const QPointF &p, const QPixmap
     QPixmapBlurFilter *blurFilter = static_cast<QPixmapBlurFilter*>(filter);
     if (blurFilter) {
         blurFilter->setRadius(d->radius);
-        blurFilter->setBlurHint(d->hint);
+        blurFilter->setBlurHints(d->hints);
         blurFilter->draw(painter, p, src, srcRect);
         return;
     }
diff --git a/src/gui/image/qpixmapfilter_p.h b/src/gui/image/qpixmapfilter_p.h
index 2573fc7..46e744e 100644
--- a/src/gui/image/qpixmapfilter_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/image/qpixmapfilter_p.h
@@ -132,10 +132,10 @@ public:
     ~QPixmapBlurFilter();
 
     void setRadius(qreal radius);
-    void setBlurHint(QGraphicsBlurEffect::BlurHint hint);
+    void setBlurHints(QGraphicsBlurEffect::BlurHints hints);
 
     qreal radius() const;
-    QGraphicsBlurEffect::BlurHint blurHint() const;
+    QGraphicsBlurEffect::BlurHints blurHints() const;
 
     QRectF boundingRectFor(const QRectF &rect) const;
     void draw(QPainter *painter, const QPointF &dest, const QPixmap &src, const QRectF &srcRect = QRectF()) const;
diff --git a/src/gui/image/qpnghandler.cpp b/src/gui/image/qpnghandler.cpp
index 44d689d..14c863b 100644
--- a/src/gui/image/qpnghandler.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/image/qpnghandler.cpp
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ void setup_qt(QImage& image, png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info_ptr, float scre
                 if (image.isNull())
                     return;
             }
-            image.setNumColors(2);
+            image.setColorCount(2);
             image.setColor(1, qRgb(0,0,0));
             image.setColor(0, qRgb(255,255,255));
         } else if (bit_depth == 16 && png_get_valid(png_ptr, info_ptr, PNG_INFO_tRNS)) {
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ void setup_qt(QImage& image, png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info_ptr, float scre
                 if (image.isNull())
                     return;
             }
-            image.setNumColors(ncols);
+            image.setColorCount(ncols);
             for (int i=0; i<ncols; i++) {
                 int c = i*255/(ncols-1);
                 image.setColor(i, qRgba(c,c,c,0xff));
@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ void setup_qt(QImage& image, png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info_ptr, float scre
             if (image.isNull())
                 return;
         }
-        image.setNumColors(info_ptr->num_palette);
+        image.setColorCount(info_ptr->num_palette);
         int i = 0;
         if (png_get_valid(png_ptr, info_ptr, PNG_INFO_tRNS)) {
             while (i < info_ptr->num_trans) {
@@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ bool Q_INTERNAL_WIN_NO_THROW QPngHandlerPrivate::readPngImage(QImage *outImage)
     // sanity check palette entries
     if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE
         && outImage->format() == QImage::Format_Indexed8) {
-        int color_table_size = outImage->numColors();
+        int color_table_size = outImage->colorCount();
         for (int y=0; y<(int)height; ++y) {
             uchar *p = outImage->scanLine(y);
             uchar *end = p + width;
@@ -762,9 +762,9 @@ bool Q_INTERNAL_WIN_NO_THROW QPNGImageWriter::writeImage(const QImage& image_in,
 
     png_colorp palette = 0;
     png_bytep copy_trans = 0;
-    if (image.numColors()) {
+    if (image.colorCount()) {
         // Paletted
-        int num_palette = image.numColors();
+        int num_palette = image.colorCount();
         palette = new png_color[num_palette];
         png_set_PLTE(png_ptr, info_ptr, palette, num_palette);
         int* trans = new int[num_palette];
diff --git a/src/gui/image/qppmhandler.cpp b/src/gui/image/qppmhandler.cpp
index 28e4a2a..8ec9efb 100644
--- a/src/gui/image/qppmhandler.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/image/qppmhandler.cpp
@@ -242,11 +242,11 @@ static bool read_pbm_body(QIODevice *device, char type, int w, int h, int mcc, Q
     }
 
     if (nbits == 1) {                                // bitmap
-        outImage->setNumColors(2);
+        outImage->setColorCount(2);
         outImage->setColor(0, qRgb(255,255,255)); // white
         outImage->setColor(1, qRgb(0,0,0));        // black
     } else if (nbits == 8) {                        // graymap
-        outImage->setNumColors(maxc+1);
+        outImage->setColorCount(maxc+1);
         for (int i=0; i<=maxc; i++)
             outImage->setColor(i, qRgb(i*255/maxc,i*255/maxc,i*255/maxc));
     }
@@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ static bool write_pbm_image(QIODevice *out, const QImage &sourceImage, const QBy
         }
     }
 
-    if (image.depth() == 1 && image.numColors() == 2) {
+    if (image.depth() == 1 && image.colorCount() == 2) {
         if (qGray(image.color(0)) < qGray(image.color(1))) {
             // 0=dark/black, 1=light/white - invert
             image.detach();
diff --git a/src/gui/image/qxbmhandler.cpp b/src/gui/image/qxbmhandler.cpp
index 1c74351..0d76ea0 100644
--- a/src/gui/image/qxbmhandler.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/image/qxbmhandler.cpp
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ static bool read_xbm_body(QIODevice *device, int w, int h, QImage *outImage)
             return false;
     }
 
-    outImage->setNumColors(2);
+    outImage->setColorCount(2);
     outImage->setColor(0, qRgb(255,255,255));        // white
     outImage->setColor(1, qRgb(0,0,0));                // black
 
diff --git a/src/gui/image/qxpmhandler.cpp b/src/gui/image/qxpmhandler.cpp
index 4bdd16e..ac4711a 100644
--- a/src/gui/image/qxpmhandler.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/image/qxpmhandler.cpp
@@ -895,7 +895,7 @@ static bool read_xpm_body(
             if (image.isNull())
                 return false;
         }
-        image.setNumColors(ncols);
+        image.setColorCount(ncols);
     }
 
     QMap<quint64, int> colorMap;
diff --git a/src/gui/inputmethod/qcoefepinputcontext_p.h b/src/gui/inputmethod/qcoefepinputcontext_p.h
index 1531036..2c65b4c 100644
--- a/src/gui/inputmethod/qcoefepinputcontext_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/inputmethod/qcoefepinputcontext_p.h
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 ** All rights reserved.
 ** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
-** This file is part of the QtGui of the Qt Toolkit.
+** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
 ** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
 ** No Commercial Usage
@@ -65,10 +65,10 @@
 
 QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
-class Q_GUI_EXPORT QCoeFepInputContext : public QInputContext,
-                                         public MCoeFepAwareTextEditor,
-                                         public MCoeFepAwareTextEditor_Extension1,
-                                         public MObjectProvider
+class QCoeFepInputContext : public QInputContext,
+                            public MCoeFepAwareTextEditor,
+                            public MCoeFepAwareTextEditor_Extension1,
+                            public MObjectProvider
 {
     Q_OBJECT
 
@@ -97,6 +97,7 @@ private:
     void applyHints(Qt::InputMethodHints hints);
     void applyFormat(QList<QInputMethodEvent::Attribute> *attributes);
     void queueInputCapabilitiesChanged();
+    bool needsInputPanel();
 
 private Q_SLOTS:
     void ensureInputCapabilitiesChanged();
diff --git a/src/gui/inputmethod/qcoefepinputcontext_s60.cpp b/src/gui/inputmethod/qcoefepinputcontext_s60.cpp
index 3f21bc3..19f296c 100644
--- a/src/gui/inputmethod/qcoefepinputcontext_s60.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/inputmethod/qcoefepinputcontext_s60.cpp
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 ** All rights reserved.
 ** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
-** This file is part of the QtGui of the Qt Toolkit.
+** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
 ** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
 ** No Commercial Usage
@@ -47,6 +47,7 @@
 #include <private/qcore_symbian_p.h>
 
 #include <fepitfr.h>
+#include <hal.h>
 
 #include <limits.h>
 // You only find these enumerations on SDK 5 onwards, so we need to provide our own
@@ -153,6 +154,44 @@ QString QCoeFepInputContext::language()
     }
 }
 
+bool QCoeFepInputContext::needsInputPanel()
+{
+    switch (QSysInfo::s60Version()) {
+    case QSysInfo::SV_S60_3_1:
+    case QSysInfo::SV_S60_3_2:
+        // There are no touch phones for pre-5.0 SDKs.
+        return false;
+#ifdef Q_CC_NOKIAX86
+    default:
+        // For emulator we assume that we need an input panel, since we can't
+        // separate between phone types.
+        return true;
+#else
+    case QSysInfo::SV_S60_5_0: {
+        // For SDK == 5.0, we need phone specific detection, since the HAL API
+        // is no good on most phones. However, all phones at the time of writing use the
+        // input panel, except N97 in landscape mode, but in this mode it refuses to bring
+        // up the panel anyway, so we don't have to care.
+        return true;
+    }
+    default:
+        // For unknown/newer types, we try to use the HAL API.
+        int keyboardEnabled;
+        int keyboardType;
+        int err[2];
+        err[0] = HAL::Get(HAL::EKeyboard, keyboardType);
+        err[1] = HAL::Get(HAL::EKeyboardState, keyboardEnabled);
+        if (err[0] == KErrNone && err[1] == KErrNone
+                && keyboardType != 0 && keyboardEnabled)
+            // Means that we have some sort of keyboard.
+            return false;
+
+        // Fall back to using the input panel.
+        return true;
+#endif // !Q_CC_NOKIAX86
+    }
+}
+
 bool QCoeFepInputContext::filterEvent(const QEvent *event)
 {
     // The CloseSoftwareInputPanel event is not handled here, because the VK will automatically
@@ -174,10 +213,8 @@ bool QCoeFepInputContext::filterEvent(const QEvent *event)
         }
     }
 
-    // For pre-5.0 SDKs, we don't launch the keyboard.
-    if (QSysInfo::s60Version() != QSysInfo::SV_S60_5_0) {
+    if (!needsInputPanel())
         return false;
-    }
 
     if (event->type() == QEvent::RequestSoftwareInputPanel) {
         // Notify S60 that we want the virtual keyboard to show up.
diff --git a/src/gui/itemviews/qitemdelegate.cpp b/src/gui/itemviews/qitemdelegate.cpp
index 3b3036d..3e00dba 100644
--- a/src/gui/itemviews/qitemdelegate.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/itemviews/qitemdelegate.cpp
@@ -1059,7 +1059,7 @@ QPixmap *QItemDelegate::selected(const QPixmap &pixmap, const QPalette &palette,
         painter.end();
 
         QPixmap selected = QPixmap(QPixmap::fromImage(img));
-        int n = (img.numBytes() >> 10) + 1;
+        int n = (img.byteCount() >> 10) + 1;
         if (QPixmapCache::cacheLimit() < n)
             QPixmapCache::setCacheLimit(n);
 
diff --git a/src/gui/itemviews/qlistview.cpp b/src/gui/itemviews/qlistview.cpp
index d680af8..15db9a6 100644
--- a/src/gui/itemviews/qlistview.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/itemviews/qlistview.cpp
@@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ QListView::LayoutMode QListView::layoutMode() const
 
 /*!
     \property QListView::spacing
-    \brief the space between items in the layout
+    \brief the space around the items in the layout
 
     This property is the size of the empty space that is padded around
     an item in the layout.
@@ -972,9 +972,9 @@ void QListView::paintEvent(QPaintEvent *e)
         option.rect = visualRect(*it);
 
         if (flow() == TopToBottom)
-            option.rect.setWidth(qMin(viewport()->size().width(), option.rect.width()));
+            option.rect.setWidth(qMin(viewport()->size().width() - 2 * d->spacing(), option.rect.width()));
         else
-            option.rect.setHeight(qMin(viewport()->size().height(), option.rect.height()));
+            option.rect.setHeight(qMin(viewport()->size().height() - 2 * d->spacing(), option.rect.height()));
 
         option.state = state;
         if (selections && selections->isSelected(*it))
@@ -1837,14 +1837,14 @@ void QCommonListViewBase::updateHorizontalScrollBar(const QSize &step)
 {
     horizontalScrollBar()->setSingleStep(step.width() + spacing());
     horizontalScrollBar()->setPageStep(viewport()->width());
-    horizontalScrollBar()->setRange(0, contentsSize.width() - viewport()->width());
+    horizontalScrollBar()->setRange(0, contentsSize.width() - viewport()->width() - 2 * spacing());
 }
 
 void QCommonListViewBase::updateVerticalScrollBar(const QSize &step)
 {
     verticalScrollBar()->setSingleStep(step.height() + spacing());
     verticalScrollBar()->setPageStep(viewport()->height());
-    verticalScrollBar()->setRange(0, contentsSize.height() - viewport()->height());
+    verticalScrollBar()->setRange(0, contentsSize.height() - viewport()->height() - 2 * spacing());
 }
 
 void QCommonListViewBase::scrollContentsBy(int dx, int dy, bool /*scrollElasticBand*/)
diff --git a/src/gui/itemviews/qtreeview.cpp b/src/gui/itemviews/qtreeview.cpp
index 3856293..a3cbc0d 100644
--- a/src/gui/itemviews/qtreeview.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/itemviews/qtreeview.cpp
@@ -2113,6 +2113,12 @@ QModelIndex QTreeView::moveCursor(CursorAction cursorAction, Qt::KeyboardModifie
     if (vi < 0)
         vi = qMax(0, d->viewIndex(current));
 
+    if (isRightToLeft()) {
+        if (cursorAction == MoveRight)
+            cursorAction = MoveLeft;
+        else if (cursorAction == MoveLeft)
+            cursorAction = MoveRight;
+    }
     switch (cursorAction) {
     case MoveNext:
     case MoveDown:
diff --git a/src/gui/itemviews/qtreeview_p.h b/src/gui/itemviews/qtreeview_p.h
index aad5837..d58dea3 100644
--- a/src/gui/itemviews/qtreeview_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/itemviews/qtreeview_p.h
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ public:
         int top() const { return startValue().toInt(); }
         QRect rect() const { QRect rect = viewport->rect(); rect.moveTop(top()); return rect; }
         void updateCurrentValue(const QVariant &) { viewport->update(rect()); }
-        void updateState(State, State state) { if (state == Stopped) before = after = QPixmap(); }
+        void updateState(State state, State) { if (state == Stopped) before = after = QPixmap(); }
     } animatedOperation;
     void prepareAnimatedOperation(int item, QVariantAnimation::Direction d);
     void beginAnimatedOperation();
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qaction.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qaction.cpp
index 5f5650f..6f3cbaf 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qaction.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qaction.cpp
@@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ void QActionPrivate::setShortcutEnabled(bool enable, QShortcutMap &map)
 
     Actions with a softkey role defined are only visible in the softkey bar when the widget containing
     the action has focus. If no widget currently has focus, the softkey framework will traverse up the
-    widget parent heirarchy looking for a widget containing softkey actions.
+    widget parent hierarchy looking for a widget containing softkey actions.
  */
 
 /*!
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qapplication_mac.mm b/src/gui/kernel/qapplication_mac.mm
index 84e0d50..84da56e 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qapplication_mac.mm
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qapplication_mac.mm
@@ -104,6 +104,7 @@
 #include "qdir.h"
 #include "qdebug.h"
 #include "qtimer.h"
+#include "qurl.h"
 #include "private/qmacinputcontext_p.h"
 #include "private/qpaintengine_mac_p.h"
 #include "private/qcursor_p.h"
@@ -966,7 +967,8 @@ struct QMacAppleEventTypeSpec {
     AEEventID mac_id;
 } app_apple_events[] = {
     { kCoreEventClass, kAEQuitApplication },
-    { kCoreEventClass, kAEOpenDocuments }
+    { kCoreEventClass, kAEOpenDocuments },
+    { kInternetEventClass, kAEGetURL },
 };
 
 #ifndef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
@@ -1201,7 +1203,7 @@ void qt_init(QApplicationPrivate *priv, int)
             app_proc_ae_handlerUPP = AEEventHandlerUPP(QApplicationPrivate::globalAppleEventProcessor);
             for(uint i = 0; i < sizeof(app_apple_events) / sizeof(QMacAppleEventTypeSpec); ++i)
                 AEInstallEventHandler(app_apple_events[i].mac_class, app_apple_events[i].mac_id,
-                        app_proc_ae_handlerUPP, SRefCon(qApp), true);
+                        app_proc_ae_handlerUPP, SRefCon(qApp), false);
         }
 
         if (QApplicationPrivate::app_style) {
@@ -1237,6 +1239,10 @@ void qt_init(QApplicationPrivate *priv, int)
         [cocoaApp setMenu:[qtMenuLoader menu]];
         [newDelegate setMenuLoader:qtMenuLoader];
         [qtMenuLoader release];
+
+        NSAppleEventManager *eventManager = [NSAppleEventManager sharedAppleEventManager];
+        [eventManager setEventHandler:newDelegate andSelector:@selector(getUrl:withReplyEvent:)
+          forEventClass:kInternetEventClass andEventID:kAEGetURL];
     }
 #endif
     // Register for Carbon tablet proximity events on the event monitor target.
@@ -2477,6 +2483,22 @@ OSStatus QApplicationPrivate::globalAppleEventProcessor(const AppleEvent *ae, Ap
         default:
             break;
         }
+    } else if (aeClass == kInternetEventClass) {
+        switch (aeID) {
+        case kAEGetURL: {
+            char urlData[1024];
+            Size actualSize;
+            if (AEGetParamPtr(ae, keyDirectObject, typeChar, 0, urlData,
+                    sizeof(urlData) - 1, &actualSize) == noErr) {
+                urlData[actualSize] = 0;
+                QFileOpenEvent ev(QUrl(QString::fromUtf8(urlData)));
+                QApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent(app, &ev);
+            }
+            break;
+        }
+        default:
+            break;
+        }
     }
 #ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS
     qDebug("Qt: internal: %shandled Apple event! %c%c%c%c %c%c%c%c", handled_event ? "(*)" : "",
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qapplication_p.h b/src/gui/kernel/qapplication_p.h
index 8df4d08..992e4be 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qapplication_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qapplication_p.h
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
 #include <private/qgraphicssystem_qws_p.h>
 #endif
 #ifdef Q_OS_SYMBIAN
-#include <w32std.h> 
+#include <w32std.h>
 #endif
 
 QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qapplication_s60.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qapplication_s60.cpp
index 1b0659a..ec95d48 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qapplication_s60.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qapplication_s60.cpp
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 ** All rights reserved.
 ** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
-** This file is part of the QtGui of the Qt Toolkit.
+** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
 ** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
 ** No Commercial Usage
@@ -357,6 +357,9 @@ QSymbianControl::~QSymbianControl()
         setFocusSafely(false);
     S60->appUi()->RemoveFromStack(this);
     delete m_longTapDetector;
+
+    if(m_previousEventLongTap)
+        QApplicationPrivate::mouse_buttons = QApplicationPrivate::mouse_buttons & ~Qt::RightButton;
 }
 
 void QSymbianControl::setWidget(QWidget *w)
@@ -866,6 +869,11 @@ void QSymbianControl::SizeChanged()
                 tlwExtra->inTopLevelResize = false;
         }
     }
+
+    // CCoeControl::SetExtent calls SizeChanged, but does not call
+    // PositionChanged, so we call it here to ensure that the widget's
+    // position is updated.
+    PositionChanged();
 }
 
 void QSymbianControl::PositionChanged()
@@ -1255,7 +1263,7 @@ bool QApplicationPrivate::modalState()
 void QApplicationPrivate::enterModal_sys(QWidget *widget)
 {
     if (widget) {
-        widget->effectiveWinId()->DrawableWindow()->FadeBehind(ETrue);
+        static_cast<QSymbianControl *>(widget->effectiveWinId())->FadeBehindPopup(ETrue);
         // Modal partial screen dialogs (like queries) capture pointer events.
         // ### FixMe: Add specialized behaviour for fullscreen modal dialogs
         widget->effectiveWinId()->SetGloballyCapturing(ETrue);
@@ -1270,7 +1278,7 @@ void QApplicationPrivate::enterModal_sys(QWidget *widget)
 void QApplicationPrivate::leaveModal_sys(QWidget *widget)
 {
     if (widget) {
-        widget->effectiveWinId()->DrawableWindow()->FadeBehind(EFalse);
+        static_cast<QSymbianControl *>(widget->effectiveWinId())->FadeBehindPopup(EFalse);
         // ### FixMe: Add specialized behaviour for fullscreen modal dialogs
         widget->effectiveWinId()->SetGloballyCapturing(EFalse);
         widget->effectiveWinId()->SetPointerCapture(EFalse);
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qapplication_win.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qapplication_win.cpp
index 387c29b..05e75a2 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qapplication_win.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qapplication_win.cpp
@@ -832,6 +832,7 @@ void qt_init(QApplicationPrivate *priv, int)
     priv->GetGestureInfo = (PtrGetGestureInfo) &TKGetGestureInfo;
     priv->GetGestureExtraArgs = (PtrGetGestureExtraArgs) &TKGetGestureExtraArguments;
 #elif !defined(Q_WS_WINCE)
+  #if !defined(QT_NO_NATIVE_GESTURES)
     priv->GetGestureInfo =
             (PtrGetGestureInfo)QLibrary::resolve(QLatin1String("user32"),
                                                  "GetGestureInfo");
@@ -847,6 +848,7 @@ void qt_init(QApplicationPrivate *priv, int)
     priv->GetGestureConfig =
             (PtrGetGestureConfig)QLibrary::resolve(QLatin1String("user32"),
                                                    "GetGestureConfig");
+  #endif // QT_NO_NATIVE_GESTURES
     priv->BeginPanningFeedback =
             (PtrBeginPanningFeedback)QLibrary::resolve(QLatin1String("uxtheme"),
                                                        "BeginPanningFeedback");
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qclipboard_s60.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qclipboard_s60.cpp
index de13a51..48aa331 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qclipboard_s60.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qclipboard_s60.cpp
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 ** All rights reserved.
 ** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
-** This file is part of the QtGui of the Qt Toolkit.
+** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
 ** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
 ** No Commercial Usage
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qcocoaapplicationdelegate_mac.mm b/src/gui/kernel/qcocoaapplicationdelegate_mac.mm
index d103cbd..37dcc67 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qcocoaapplicationdelegate_mac.mm
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qcocoaapplicationdelegate_mac.mm
@@ -83,6 +83,7 @@
 #include <private/qt_cocoa_helpers_mac_p.h>
 #include <private/qdesktopwidget_mac_p.h>
 #include <qevent.h>
+#include <qurl.h>
 #include <qapplication.h>
 
 QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
@@ -303,5 +304,15 @@ static void cleanupCocoaApplicationDelegate()
         [self doesNotRecognizeSelector:invocationSelector];
 }
 
+- (void)getUrl:(NSAppleEventDescriptor *)event withReplyEvent:(NSAppleEventDescriptor *)replyEvent
+{
+    Q_UNUSED(replyEvent);
+
+    NSString *urlString = [[event paramDescriptorForKeyword:keyDirectObject] stringValue];
+    QUrl url(qt_mac_NSStringToQString(urlString));
+    QFileOpenEvent qtEvent(url);
+    qt_sendSpontaneousEvent(qAppInstance(), &qtEvent);
+}
+
 @end
 #endif
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qcocoaapplicationdelegate_mac_p.h b/src/gui/kernel/qcocoaapplicationdelegate_mac_p.h
index 80df645..a137744 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qcocoaapplicationdelegate_mac_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qcocoaapplicationdelegate_mac_p.h
@@ -123,5 +123,6 @@ QT_FORWARD_DECLARE_CLASS(QApplicationPrivate);
 - (void)setMenuLoader:(QT_MANGLE_NAMESPACE(QCocoaMenuLoader)*)menuLoader;
 - (QT_MANGLE_NAMESPACE(QCocoaMenuLoader) *)menuLoader;
 - (void)setReflectionDelegate:(NSObject <NSApplicationDelegate> *)oldDelegate;
+- (void)getUrl:(NSAppleEventDescriptor *)event withReplyEvent:(NSAppleEventDescriptor *)replyEvent;
 @end
 #endif
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qcocoawindowdelegate_mac.mm b/src/gui/kernel/qcocoawindowdelegate_mac.mm
index 803a1b1..9fb674e 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qcocoawindowdelegate_mac.mm
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qcocoawindowdelegate_mac.mm
@@ -307,6 +307,18 @@ static void cleanupCocoaWindowDelegate()
     return m_windowHash->value(window);
 }
 
+- (BOOL)windowShouldZoom:(NSWindow *)window toFrame:(NSRect)newFrame
+{
+    Q_UNUSED(newFrame);
+    // saving the current window geometry before the window is maximized
+    QWidget *qwidget = m_windowHash->value(window);
+    if (qwidget->isWindow() && !(qwidget->windowState() & Qt::WindowMaximized)) {
+        QWidgetPrivate *widgetPrivate = qt_widget_private(qwidget);
+        widgetPrivate->topData()->normalGeometry = qwidget->geometry();
+    }
+    return YES;
+}
+
 - (NSRect)windowWillUseStandardFrame:(NSWindow *)window defaultFrame:(NSRect)defaultFrame
 {
     NSRect frameToReturn = defaultFrame;
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qcocoawindowdelegate_mac_p.h b/src/gui/kernel/qcocoawindowdelegate_mac_p.h
index 3728002..243ba03 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qcocoawindowdelegate_mac_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qcocoawindowdelegate_mac_p.h
@@ -78,6 +78,7 @@ QT_FORWARD_DECLARE_CLASS(QWidgetData)
 - (void)windowDidResignKey:(NSNotification*)notification;
 - (BOOL)window:(NSWindow *)window shouldPopUpDocumentPathMenu:(NSMenu *)menu;
 - (BOOL)window:(NSWindow *)window shouldDragDocumentWithEvent:(NSEvent *)event from:(NSPoint)dragImageLocation withPasteboard:(NSPasteboard *)pasteboard;
+- (BOOL)windowShouldZoom:(NSWindow *)window toFrame:(NSRect)newFrame;
 @end
 
 @protocol NSDrawerDelegate <NSObject>
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qcursor_s60.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qcursor_s60.cpp
index 7f5c32a..07b6de4 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qcursor_s60.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qcursor_s60.cpp
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 ** All rights reserved.
 ** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
-** This file is part of the QtGui of the Qt Toolkit.
+** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
 ** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
 ** No Commercial Usage
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qcursor_win.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qcursor_win.cpp
index 26cde1a..a4e7b1f 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qcursor_win.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qcursor_win.cpp
@@ -153,8 +153,8 @@ static HCURSOR create32BitCursor(const QPixmap &pixmap, int hx, int hy)
     bool invb, invm;
     bbits = pixmap.toImage().convertToFormat(QImage::Format_Mono);
     mbits = pixmap.toImage().convertToFormat(QImage::Format_Mono);
-    invb = bbits.numColors() > 1 && qGray(bbits.color(0)) < qGray(bbits.color(1));
-    invm = mbits.numColors() > 1 && qGray(mbits.color(0)) < qGray(mbits.color(1));
+    invb = bbits.colorCount() > 1 && qGray(bbits.color(0)) < qGray(bbits.color(1));
+    invm = mbits.colorCount() > 1 && qGray(mbits.color(0)) < qGray(mbits.color(1));
 
     int sysW = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXCURSOR);
     int sysH = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYCURSOR);
@@ -396,8 +396,8 @@ void QCursorData::update()
         } else {
             bbits = bm->toImage().convertToFormat(QImage::Format_Mono);
             mbits = bmm->toImage().convertToFormat(QImage::Format_Mono);
-            invb = bbits.numColors() > 1 && qGray(bbits.color(0)) < qGray(bbits.color(1));
-            invm = mbits.numColors() > 1 && qGray(mbits.color(0)) < qGray(mbits.color(1));
+            invb = bbits.colorCount() > 1 && qGray(bbits.color(0)) < qGray(bbits.color(1));
+            invm = mbits.colorCount() > 1 && qGray(mbits.color(0)) < qGray(mbits.color(1));
         }
         int n = qMax(1, bbits.width() / 8);
         int h = bbits.height();
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qdesktopwidget_mac.mm b/src/gui/kernel/qdesktopwidget_mac.mm
index 88dc173..c2d05d7 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qdesktopwidget_mac.mm
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qdesktopwidget_mac.mm
@@ -136,16 +136,19 @@ void QDesktopWidgetImplementation::onResize()
     screenRects.clear(); 
     availableRects.clear(); 
     NSRect primaryRect = [[displays objectAtIndex:0] frame]; 
-    for (int i = 0; i<screenCount; i++) { 
-        NSRect r = [[displays objectAtIndex:i] frame]; 
-        const int flippedY = - r.origin.y +            // account for position offset and 
+    for (int i = 0; i<screenCount; i++) {
+        NSRect r = [[displays objectAtIndex:i] frame];
+        int flippedY = - r.origin.y +                  // account for position offset and
               primaryRect.size.height - r.size.height; // height difference. 
         screenRects.append(QRectF(r.origin.x, flippedY, 
             r.size.width, r.size.height)); 
-        r = [[displays objectAtIndex:i] visibleFrame]; 
+
+        r = [[displays objectAtIndex:i] visibleFrame];
+        flippedY = - r.origin.y +                      // account for position offset and
+              primaryRect.size.height - r.size.height; // height difference. 
         availableRects.append(QRectF(r.origin.x, flippedY, 
                 r.size.width, r.size.height)); 
-    } 
+    }
 }
 
 
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qdesktopwidget_s60.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qdesktopwidget_s60.cpp
index 43e0b85..79b8f91 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qdesktopwidget_s60.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qdesktopwidget_s60.cpp
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 ** All rights reserved.
 ** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
-** This file is part of the QtGui of the Qt Toolkit.
+** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
 ** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
 ** No Commercial Usage
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qdnd_s60.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qdnd_s60.cpp
index a8d3ac5..65deb5d 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qdnd_s60.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qdnd_s60.cpp
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 ** All rights reserved.
 ** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
-** This file is part of the QtGui of the Qt Toolkit.
+** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
 ** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
 ** No Commercial Usage
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qevent.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qevent.cpp
index ad68aea..c4a25e1 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qevent.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qevent.cpp
@@ -399,6 +399,40 @@ QMouseEventEx::~QMouseEventEx()
 
     The function pos() gives the current cursor position, while oldPos() gives
     the old mouse position.
+
+    There are a few similarities between the events QEvent::HoverEnter
+    and QEvent::HoverLeave, and the events QEvent::Enter and QEvent::Leave.
+    However, they are slightly different because we do an update() in the event
+    handler of HoverEnter and HoverLeave.
+
+    QEvent::HoverMove is also slightly different from QEvent::MouseMove. Let us
+    consider a top-level window A containing a child B which in turn contains a
+    child C (all with mouse tracking enabled):
+
+    \image hoverEvents.png
+
+    Now, if you move the cursor from the top to the bottom in the middle of A,
+    you will get the following QEvent::MouseMove events:
+
+    \list 1
+        \o A::MouseMove
+        \o B::MouseMove
+        \o C::MouseMove
+    \endlist
+
+    You will get the same events for QEvent::HoverMove, except that the event
+    always propagates to the top-level regardless whether the event is accepted
+    or not. It will only stop propagating with the Qt::WA_NoMousePropagation
+    attribute.
+
+    In this case the events will occur in the following way:
+
+    \list 1
+        \o A::HoverMove
+        \o A::HoverMove, B::HoverMove
+        \o A::HoverMove, B::HoverMove, C::HoverMove
+    \endlist
+    
 */
 
 /*!
@@ -2976,13 +3010,13 @@ QShowEvent::~QShowEvent()
 /*!
     \class QFileOpenEvent
     \brief The QFileOpenEvent class provides an event that will be
-    sent when there is a request to open a file.
+    sent when there is a request to open a file or a URL.
 
     \ingroup events
 
     File open events will be sent to the QApplication::instance()
-    when the operating system requests that a file be opened. This is
-    a high-level event that can be caused by different user actions
+    when the operating system requests that a file or URL should be opened.
+    This is a high-level event that can be caused by different user actions
     depending on the user's desktop environment; for example, double
     clicking on an file icon in the Finder on Mac OS X.
 
@@ -2999,12 +3033,27 @@ QShowEvent::~QShowEvent()
 */
 QFileOpenEvent::QFileOpenEvent(const QString &file)
     : QEvent(FileOpen), f(file)
-{}
+{
+    d = reinterpret_cast<QEventPrivate *>(new QFileOpenEventPrivate(QUrl::fromLocalFile(file)));
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+
+    Constructs a file open event for the given \a url.
+*/
+QFileOpenEvent::QFileOpenEvent(const QUrl &url)
+    : QEvent(FileOpen)
+{
+    d = reinterpret_cast<QEventPrivate *>(new QFileOpenEventPrivate(url));
+    f = url.toLocalFile();
+}
 
 /*! \internal
 */
 QFileOpenEvent::~QFileOpenEvent()
 {
+    delete reinterpret_cast<QFileOpenEventPrivate *>(d);
 }
 
 /*!
@@ -3013,6 +3062,16 @@ QFileOpenEvent::~QFileOpenEvent()
     Returns the file that is being opened.
 */
 
+/*!
+    \fn QUrl QFileOpenEvent::url() const
+
+    Returns the url that is being opened.
+*/
+QUrl QFileOpenEvent::url() const
+{
+    return reinterpret_cast<const QFileOpenEventPrivate *>(d)->url;
+}
+
 #ifndef QT_NO_TOOLBAR
 /*!
     \internal
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qevent.h b/src/gui/kernel/qevent.h
index b9512fa..9839269 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qevent.h
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qevent.h
@@ -638,9 +638,11 @@ class Q_GUI_EXPORT QFileOpenEvent : public QEvent
 {
 public:
     QFileOpenEvent(const QString &file);
+    QFileOpenEvent(const QUrl &url);
     ~QFileOpenEvent();
 
     inline QString file() const { return f; }
+    QUrl url() const;
 private:
     QString f;
 };
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qevent_p.h b/src/gui/kernel/qevent_p.h
index 6e6ab01..4aaaa8b 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qevent_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qevent_p.h
@@ -43,6 +43,7 @@
 #define QEVENT_P_H
 
 #include <QtCore/qglobal.h>
+#include <QtCore/qurl.h>
 #include <QtGui/qevent.h>
 
 QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
@@ -164,6 +165,18 @@ public:
     QMap<Qt::GestureType, QWidget *> targetWidgets;
 };
 
+
+class QFileOpenEventPrivate
+{
+public:
+    inline QFileOpenEventPrivate(const QUrl &url)
+        : url(url)
+    {
+    }
+
+    QUrl url;
+};
+
 QT_END_NAMESPACE
 
 #endif // QEVENT_P_H
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qeventdispatcher_s60.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qeventdispatcher_s60.cpp
index dcf83bc..9d18c9b 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qeventdispatcher_s60.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qeventdispatcher_s60.cpp
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 ** All rights reserved.
 ** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
-** This file is part of the QtGui of the Qt Toolkit.
+** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
 ** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
 ** No Commercial Usage
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qeventdispatcher_s60_p.h b/src/gui/kernel/qeventdispatcher_s60_p.h
index 94282b7..fbce60a 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qeventdispatcher_s60_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qeventdispatcher_s60_p.h
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 ** All rights reserved.
 ** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
-** This file is part of the QtGui of the Qt Toolkit.
+** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
 ** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
 ** No Commercial Usage
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qgesture.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qgesture.cpp
index dcec9d3..e8c2f8a 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qgesture.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qgesture.cpp
@@ -658,4 +658,70 @@ void QSwipeGesture::setSwipeAngle(qreal value)
     d_func()->swipeAngle = value;
 }
 
+/*!
+    \class QTapGesture
+    \since 4.6
+    \brief The QTapGesture class describes a tap gesture made by the user.
+    \ingroup gestures
+
+    \sa {Gestures Programming}, QPanGesture, QPinchGesture
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \property QTapGesture::position
+    \brief the position of the tap
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+*/
+QTapGesture::QTapGesture(QObject *parent)
+    : QGesture(*new QTapGesturePrivate, parent)
+{
+    d_func()->gestureType = Qt::TapGesture;
+}
+
+QPointF QTapGesture::position() const
+{
+    return d_func()->position;
+}
+
+void QTapGesture::setPosition(const QPointF &value)
+{
+    d_func()->position = value;
+}
+/*!
+    \class QTapAndHoldGesture
+    \since 4.6
+    \brief The QTapAndHoldGesture class describes a tap-and-hold (aka LongTap)
+    gesture made by the user.
+    \ingroup gestures
+
+    \sa {Gestures Programming}, QPanGesture, QPinchGesture
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \property QTapAndHoldGesture::position
+    \brief the position of the tap
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+*/
+QTapAndHoldGesture::QTapAndHoldGesture(QObject *parent)
+    : QGesture(*new QTapAndHoldGesturePrivate, parent)
+{
+    d_func()->gestureType = Qt::TapAndHoldGesture;
+}
+
+QPointF QTapAndHoldGesture::position() const
+{
+    return d_func()->position;
+}
+
+void QTapAndHoldGesture::setPosition(const QPointF &value)
+{
+    d_func()->position = value;
+}
+
 QT_END_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qgesture.h b/src/gui/kernel/qgesture.h
index dd322ad..f995d7b 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qgesture.h
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qgesture.h
@@ -219,6 +219,40 @@ public:
     friend class QSwipeGestureRecognizer;
 };
 
+class QTapGesturePrivate;
+class Q_GUI_EXPORT QTapGesture : public QGesture
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+    Q_DECLARE_PRIVATE(QTapGesture)
+
+    Q_PROPERTY(QPointF position READ position WRITE setPosition)
+
+public:
+    QTapGesture(QObject *parent = 0);
+
+    QPointF position() const;
+    void setPosition(const QPointF &pos);
+
+    friend class QTapGestureRecognizer;
+};
+
+class QTapAndHoldGesturePrivate;
+class Q_GUI_EXPORT QTapAndHoldGesture : public QGesture
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+    Q_DECLARE_PRIVATE(QTapAndHoldGesture)
+
+    Q_PROPERTY(QPointF position READ position WRITE setPosition)
+
+public:
+    QTapAndHoldGesture(QObject *parent = 0);
+
+    QPointF position() const;
+    void setPosition(const QPointF &pos);
+
+    friend class QTapAndHoldGestureRecognizer;
+};
+
 QT_END_NAMESPACE
 
 Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QGesture::GestureCancelPolicy)
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qgesture_p.h b/src/gui/kernel/qgesture_p.h
index ae2e287..2537f47 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qgesture_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qgesture_p.h
@@ -136,13 +136,45 @@ public:
     QSwipeGesturePrivate()
         : horizontalDirection(QSwipeGesture::NoDirection),
           verticalDirection(QSwipeGesture::NoDirection),
-          swipeAngle(0)
+          swipeAngle(0),
+          started(false), speed(0)
     {
     }
 
     QSwipeGesture::SwipeDirection horizontalDirection;
     QSwipeGesture::SwipeDirection verticalDirection;
     qreal swipeAngle;
+
+    QPoint lastPositions[3];
+    bool started;
+    qreal speed;
+    QTime time;
+};
+
+class QTapGesturePrivate : public QGesturePrivate
+{
+    Q_DECLARE_PUBLIC(QTapGesture)
+
+public:
+    QTapGesturePrivate()
+    {
+    }
+
+    QPointF position;
+};
+
+class QTapAndHoldGesturePrivate : public QGesturePrivate
+{
+    Q_DECLARE_PUBLIC(QTapAndHoldGesture)
+
+public:
+    QTapAndHoldGesturePrivate()
+        : timerId(0)
+    {
+    }
+
+    QPointF position;
+    int timerId;
 };
 
 QT_END_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qgesturemanager.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qgesturemanager.cpp
index 628892d..3d4bb8c 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qgesturemanager.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qgesturemanager.cpp
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
 #ifdef Q_WS_MAC
 #include "qmacgesturerecognizer_mac_p.h"
 #endif
-#if defined(Q_OS_WIN)
+#if defined(Q_OS_WIN) && !defined(QT_NO_NATIVE_GESTURES)
 #include "qwinnativepangesturerecognizer_win_p.h"
 #endif
 
@@ -90,9 +90,15 @@ QGestureManager::QGestureManager(QObject *parent)
 #else
     registerGestureRecognizer(new QPanGestureRecognizer);
     registerGestureRecognizer(new QPinchGestureRecognizer);
+    registerGestureRecognizer(new QSwipeGestureRecognizer);
+    registerGestureRecognizer(new QTapGestureRecognizer);
+#endif
 #if defined(Q_OS_WIN)
+  #if !defined(QT_NO_NATIVE_GESTURES)
     registerGestureRecognizer(new QWinNativePanGestureRecognizer);
-#endif
+  #endif
+#else
+    registerGestureRecognizer(new QTapAndHoldGestureRecognizer);
 #endif
 }
 
@@ -175,8 +181,10 @@ QGesture *QGestureManager::getState(QObject *object, QGestureRecognizer *recogni
             return 0;
     } else if (QGesture *g = qobject_cast<QGesture *>(object)) {
         return g;
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
     } else {
         Q_ASSERT(qobject_cast<QGraphicsObject *>(object));
+#endif
     }
 
     QList<QGesture *> states =
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qkeymapper_s60.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qkeymapper_s60.cpp
index d272d6e..ecfb7fb 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qkeymapper_s60.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qkeymapper_s60.cpp
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 ** All rights reserved.
 ** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
-** This file is part of the QtGui of the Qt Toolkit.
+** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
 ** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
 ** No Commercial Usage
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qlayout.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qlayout.cpp
index 70cd5a5..5d44b3d 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qlayout.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qlayout.cpp
@@ -496,6 +496,21 @@ void QLayout::setContentsMargins(int left, int top, int right, int bottom)
 }
 
 /*!
+    \since 4.6
+
+    Sets the \a margins to use around the layout.
+
+    By default, QLayout uses the values provided by the style. On
+    most platforms, the margin is 11 pixels in all directions.
+
+    \sa contentsMargins()
+*/
+void QLayout::setContentsMargins(const QMargins &margins)
+{
+    setContentsMargins(margins.left(), margins.top(), margins.right(), margins.bottom());
+}
+
+/*!
     \since 4.3
 
     Extracts the left, top, right, and bottom margins used around the
@@ -521,6 +536,23 @@ void QLayout::getContentsMargins(int *left, int *top, int *right, int *bottom) c
 }
 
 /*!
+    \since 4.6
+
+    Returns the margins used around the layout.
+
+    By default, QLayout uses the values provided by the style. On
+    most platforms, the margin is 11 pixels in all directions.
+
+    \sa setContentsMargins()
+*/
+QMargins QLayout::contentsMargins() const
+{
+    int left, top, right, bottom;
+    getContentsMargins(&left, &top, &right, &bottom);
+    return QMargins(left, top, right, bottom);
+}
+
+/*!
     \since 4.3
 
     Returns the layout's geometry() rectangle, but taking into account the
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qlayout.h b/src/gui/kernel/qlayout.h
index 83cbab6..2f30294 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qlayout.h
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qlayout.h
@@ -46,6 +46,7 @@
 #include <QtGui/qlayoutitem.h>
 #include <QtGui/qsizepolicy.h>
 #include <QtCore/qrect.h>
+#include <QtCore/qmargins.h>
 
 #include <limits.h>
 
@@ -122,7 +123,9 @@ public:
     void setSpacing(int);
 
     void setContentsMargins(int left, int top, int right, int bottom);
+    void setContentsMargins(const QMargins &margins);
     void getContentsMargins(int *left, int *top, int *right, int *bottom) const;
+    QMargins contentsMargins() const;
     QRect contentsRect() const;
 
     bool setAlignment(QWidget *w, Qt::Alignment alignment);
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qmacgesturerecognizer_mac.mm b/src/gui/kernel/qmacgesturerecognizer_mac.mm
index d842322..f142d71 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qmacgesturerecognizer_mac.mm
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qmacgesturerecognizer_mac.mm
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ QMacPinchGestureRecognizer::recognize(QGesture *gesture, QObject *obj, QEvent *e
         case QNativeGestureEvent::Zoom:
             g->setLastScaleFactor(g->scaleFactor());
             g->setLastRotationAngle(g->rotationAngle());
-            g->setScaleFactor(g->scaleFactor() + ev->percentage);
+            g->setScaleFactor(g->scaleFactor() * (1 + ev->percentage));
             g->setChangeFlags(QPinchGesture::ScaleFactorChanged);
             g->setTotalChangeFlags(g->totalChangeFlags() | g->changeFlags());
             return QGestureRecognizer::TriggerGesture | QGestureRecognizer::ConsumeEventHint;
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qsoftkeymanager.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qsoftkeymanager.cpp
index 21795b4..ecad72f 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qsoftkeymanager.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qsoftkeymanager.cpp
@@ -137,12 +137,14 @@ QAction *QSoftKeyManager::createAction(StandardSoftKey standardKey, QWidget *act
 */
 QAction *QSoftKeyManager::createKeyedAction(StandardSoftKey standardKey, Qt::Key key, QWidget *actionWidget)
 {
+#ifndef QT_NO_ACTION
     QScopedPointer<QAction> action(createAction(standardKey, actionWidget));
 
     connect(action.data(), SIGNAL(triggered()), QSoftKeyManager::instance(), SLOT(sendKeyEvent()));
     connect(action.data(), SIGNAL(destroyed(QObject*)), QSoftKeyManager::instance(), SLOT(cleanupHash(QObject*)));
     QSoftKeyManager::instance()->d_func()->keyedActions.insert(action.data(), key);
     return action.take();
+#endif //QT_NO_ACTION
 }
 
 void QSoftKeyManager::cleanupHash(QObject* obj)
@@ -175,6 +177,7 @@ void QSoftKeyManager::updateSoftKeys()
 
 bool QSoftKeyManager::event(QEvent *e)
 {
+#ifndef QT_NO_ACTION
     if (e->type() == QEvent::UpdateSoftKeys) {
         QList<QAction*> softKeys;
         QWidget *source = QApplication::focusWidget();
@@ -197,10 +200,10 @@ bool QSoftKeyManager::event(QEvent *e)
         } while (source);
 
         QSoftKeyManagerPrivate::softKeySource = source;
-        if (source)
-            QSoftKeyManagerPrivate::updateSoftKeys_sys(softKeys);
+        QSoftKeyManagerPrivate::updateSoftKeys_sys(softKeys);
         return true;
     }
+#endif //QT_NO_ACTION
     return false;
 }
 
@@ -247,7 +250,10 @@ void QSoftKeyManagerPrivate::updateSoftKeys_sys(const QList<QAction*> &softkeys)
         }
     }
 
-    Qt::WindowType sourceWindowType = QSoftKeyManagerPrivate::softKeySource->window()->windowType();
+    const Qt::WindowType sourceWindowType = QSoftKeyManagerPrivate::softKeySource
+        ?   QSoftKeyManagerPrivate::softKeySource->window()->windowType()
+        :   Qt::Widget;
+
     if (needsExitButton && sourceWindowType != Qt::Dialog && sourceWindowType != Qt::Popup)
         QT_TRAP_THROWING(nativeContainer->SetCommandL(2, EAknSoftkeyExit, qt_QString2TPtrC(QSoftKeyManager::tr("Exit"))));
 
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qsound_s60.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qsound_s60.cpp
index e4b7cec..af0fae6 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qsound_s60.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qsound_s60.cpp
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 ** All rights reserved.
 ** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
-** This file is part of the QtGui of the Qt Toolkit.
+** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
 ** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
 ** No Commercial Usage
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qstandardgestures.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qstandardgestures.cpp
index dfd49eb..6b0441b 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qstandardgestures.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qstandardgestures.cpp
@@ -45,6 +45,7 @@
 #include "qevent.h"
 #include "qwidget.h"
 #include "qabstractscrollarea.h"
+#include "qdebug.h"
 
 QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
@@ -55,7 +56,7 @@ QPanGestureRecognizer::QPanGestureRecognizer()
 QGesture *QPanGestureRecognizer::create(QObject *target)
 {
     if (target && target->isWidgetType()) {
-#if defined(Q_OS_WIN)
+#if defined(Q_OS_WIN) && !defined(QT_NO_NATIVE_GESTURES)
         // for scroll areas on Windows we want to use native gestures instead
         if (!qobject_cast<QAbstractScrollArea *>(target->parent()))
             static_cast<QWidget *>(target)->setAttribute(Qt::WA_AcceptTouchEvents);
@@ -66,7 +67,9 @@ QGesture *QPanGestureRecognizer::create(QObject *target)
     return new QPanGesture;
 }
 
-QGestureRecognizer::Result QPanGestureRecognizer::recognize(QGesture *state, QObject *, QEvent *event)
+QGestureRecognizer::Result QPanGestureRecognizer::recognize(QGesture *state,
+                                                            QObject *,
+                                                            QEvent *event)
 {
     QPanGesture *q = static_cast<QPanGesture *>(state);
     QPanGesturePrivate *d = q->d_func();
@@ -74,7 +77,6 @@ QGestureRecognizer::Result QPanGestureRecognizer::recognize(QGesture *state, QOb
     const QTouchEvent *ev = static_cast<const QTouchEvent *>(event);
 
     QGestureRecognizer::Result result;
-
     switch (event->type()) {
     case QEvent::TouchBegin: {
         result = QGestureRecognizer::MayBeGesture;
@@ -155,7 +157,9 @@ QGesture *QPinchGestureRecognizer::create(QObject *target)
     return new QPinchGesture;
 }
 
-QGestureRecognizer::Result QPinchGestureRecognizer::recognize(QGesture *state, QObject *, QEvent *event)
+QGestureRecognizer::Result QPinchGestureRecognizer::recognize(QGesture *state,
+                                                              QObject *,
+                                                              QEvent *event)
 {
     QPinchGesture *q = static_cast<QPinchGesture *>(state);
     QPinchGesturePrivate *d = q->d_func();
@@ -199,8 +203,9 @@ QGestureRecognizer::Result QPinchGestureRecognizer::recognize(QGesture *state, Q
             d->centerPoint = centerPoint;
             d->changeFlags |= QPinchGesture::CenterPointChanged;
 
-            const qreal scaleFactor = QLineF(p1.pos(), p2.pos()).length()
-                                      / QLineF(d->startPosition[0],  d->startPosition[1]).length();
+            const qreal scaleFactor =
+                    QLineF(p1.screenPos(), p2.screenPos()).length()
+                    / QLineF(d->startPosition[0],  d->startPosition[1]).length();
             if (d->isNewSequence) {
                 d->lastScaleFactor = scaleFactor;
             } else {
@@ -210,7 +215,13 @@ QGestureRecognizer::Result QPinchGestureRecognizer::recognize(QGesture *state, Q
             d->totalScaleFactor += d->scaleFactor - d->lastScaleFactor;
             d->changeFlags |= QPinchGesture::ScaleFactorChanged;
 
-            const qreal rotationAngle = -line.angle();
+            qreal angle = QLineF(p1.screenPos(), p2.screenPos()).angle();
+            if (angle > 180)
+                angle -= 360;
+            qreal startAngle = QLineF(p1.startScreenPos(), p2.startScreenPos()).angle();
+            if (startAngle > 180)
+                startAngle -= 360;
+            const qreal rotationAngle = startAngle - angle;
             if (d->isNewSequence)
                 d->lastRotationAngle = rotationAngle;
             else
@@ -224,7 +235,10 @@ QGestureRecognizer::Result QPinchGestureRecognizer::recognize(QGesture *state, Q
             result = QGestureRecognizer::TriggerGesture;
         } else {
             d->isNewSequence = true;
-            result = QGestureRecognizer::MayBeGesture;
+            if (q->state() == Qt::NoGesture)
+                result = QGestureRecognizer::Ignore;
+            else
+                result = QGestureRecognizer::FinishGesture;
         }
         break;
     }
@@ -252,6 +266,299 @@ void QPinchGestureRecognizer::reset(QGesture *state)
     d->totalRotationAngle = d->lastRotationAngle = d->rotationAngle = 0;
 
     d->isNewSequence = true;
+    d->startPosition[0] = d->startPosition[1] = QPointF();
+
+    QGestureRecognizer::reset(state);
+}
+
+//
+// QSwipeGestureRecognizer
+//
+
+QSwipeGestureRecognizer::QSwipeGestureRecognizer()
+{
+}
+
+QGesture *QSwipeGestureRecognizer::create(QObject *target)
+{
+    if (target && target->isWidgetType()) {
+        static_cast<QWidget *>(target)->setAttribute(Qt::WA_AcceptTouchEvents);
+    }
+    return new QSwipeGesture;
+}
+
+QGestureRecognizer::Result QSwipeGestureRecognizer::recognize(QGesture *state,
+                                                              QObject *,
+                                                              QEvent *event)
+{
+    QSwipeGesture *q = static_cast<QSwipeGesture *>(state);
+    QSwipeGesturePrivate *d = q->d_func();
+
+    const QTouchEvent *ev = static_cast<const QTouchEvent *>(event);
+
+    QGestureRecognizer::Result result;
+
+    switch (event->type()) {
+    case QEvent::TouchBegin: {
+        d->speed = 1;
+        d->time = QTime::currentTime();
+        d->started = true;
+        result = QGestureRecognizer::MayBeGesture;
+        break;
+    }
+    case QEvent::TouchEnd: {
+        if (q->state() != Qt::NoGesture) {
+            result = QGestureRecognizer::FinishGesture;
+        } else {
+            result = QGestureRecognizer::CancelGesture;
+        }
+        break;
+    }
+    case QEvent::TouchUpdate: {
+        if (!d->started)
+            result = QGestureRecognizer::CancelGesture;
+        else if (ev->touchPoints().size() == 3) {
+            QTouchEvent::TouchPoint p1 = ev->touchPoints().at(0);
+            QTouchEvent::TouchPoint p2 = ev->touchPoints().at(1);
+            QTouchEvent::TouchPoint p3 = ev->touchPoints().at(2);
+
+            if (d->lastPositions[0].isNull()) {
+                d->lastPositions[0] = p1.startScreenPos().toPoint();
+                d->lastPositions[1] = p2.startScreenPos().toPoint();
+                d->lastPositions[2] = p3.startScreenPos().toPoint();
+            }
+            d->hotSpot = p1.screenPos();
+            d->isHotSpotSet = true;
+
+            int xDistance = (p1.screenPos().x() - d->lastPositions[0].x() +
+                             p2.screenPos().x() - d->lastPositions[1].x() +
+                             p3.screenPos().x() - d->lastPositions[2].x()) / 3;
+            int yDistance = (p1.screenPos().y() - d->lastPositions[0].y() +
+                             p2.screenPos().y() - d->lastPositions[1].y() +
+                             p3.screenPos().y() - d->lastPositions[2].y()) / 3;
+
+            const int distance = xDistance >= yDistance ? xDistance : yDistance;
+            int elapsedTime = d->time.msecsTo(QTime::currentTime());
+            if (!elapsedTime)
+                elapsedTime = 1;
+            d->speed = 0.9 * d->speed + distance / elapsedTime;
+            d->time = QTime::currentTime();
+            d->swipeAngle = QLineF(p1.startScreenPos(), p1.screenPos()).angle();
+
+            static const int MoveThreshold = 50;
+            if (xDistance > MoveThreshold || yDistance > MoveThreshold) {
+                // measure the distance to check if the direction changed
+                d->lastPositions[0] = p1.screenPos().toPoint();
+                d->lastPositions[1] = p2.screenPos().toPoint();
+                d->lastPositions[2] = p3.screenPos().toPoint();
+                QSwipeGesture::SwipeDirection horizontal =
+                        xDistance > 0 ? QSwipeGesture::Right : QSwipeGesture::Left;
+                QSwipeGesture::SwipeDirection vertical =
+                        yDistance > 0 ? QSwipeGesture::Down : QSwipeGesture::Up;
+                if (d->verticalDirection == QSwipeGesture::NoDirection)
+                    d->verticalDirection = vertical;
+                if (d->horizontalDirection == QSwipeGesture::NoDirection)
+                    d->horizontalDirection = horizontal;
+                if (d->verticalDirection != vertical || d->horizontalDirection != horizontal) {
+                    // the user has changed the direction!
+                    result = QGestureRecognizer::CancelGesture;
+                }
+                result = QGestureRecognizer::TriggerGesture;
+            } else {
+                if (q->state() != Qt::NoGesture)
+                    result = QGestureRecognizer::TriggerGesture;
+                else
+                    result = QGestureRecognizer::MayBeGesture;
+            }
+        } else if (ev->touchPoints().size() > 3) {
+            result = QGestureRecognizer::CancelGesture;
+        } else { // less than 3 touch points
+            if (d->started && (ev->touchPointStates() & Qt::TouchPointPressed))
+                result = QGestureRecognizer::CancelGesture;
+            else if (d->started)
+                result = QGestureRecognizer::Ignore;
+            else
+                result = QGestureRecognizer::MayBeGesture;
+        }
+        break;
+    }
+    case QEvent::MouseButtonPress:
+    case QEvent::MouseMove:
+    case QEvent::MouseButtonRelease:
+        result = QGestureRecognizer::Ignore;
+        break;
+    default:
+        result = QGestureRecognizer::Ignore;
+        break;
+    }
+    return result;
+}
+
+void QSwipeGestureRecognizer::reset(QGesture *state)
+{
+    QSwipeGesture *q = static_cast<QSwipeGesture *>(state);
+    QSwipeGesturePrivate *d = q->d_func();
+
+    d->verticalDirection = d->horizontalDirection = QSwipeGesture::NoDirection;
+    d->swipeAngle = 0;
+
+    d->lastPositions[0] = d->lastPositions[1] = d->lastPositions[2] = QPoint();
+    d->started = false;
+    d->speed = 0;
+    d->time = QTime();
+
+    QGestureRecognizer::reset(state);
+}
+
+//
+// QTapGestureRecognizer
+//
+
+QTapGestureRecognizer::QTapGestureRecognizer()
+{
+}
+
+QGesture *QTapGestureRecognizer::create(QObject *target)
+{
+    if (target && target->isWidgetType()) {
+        static_cast<QWidget *>(target)->setAttribute(Qt::WA_AcceptTouchEvents);
+    }
+    return new QTapGesture;
+}
+
+QGestureRecognizer::Result QTapGestureRecognizer::recognize(QGesture *state,
+                                                            QObject *,
+                                                            QEvent *event)
+{
+    QTapGesture *q = static_cast<QTapGesture *>(state);
+    QTapGesturePrivate *d = q->d_func();
+
+    const QTouchEvent *ev = static_cast<const QTouchEvent *>(event);
+
+    QGestureRecognizer::Result result = QGestureRecognizer::CancelGesture;
+
+    switch (event->type()) {
+    case QEvent::TouchBegin: {
+        d->position = ev->touchPoints().at(0).pos();
+        result = QGestureRecognizer::TriggerGesture;
+        break;
+    }
+    case QEvent::TouchUpdate:
+    case QEvent::TouchEnd: {
+        if (q->state() != Qt::NoGesture && ev->touchPoints().size() == 1) {
+            QTouchEvent::TouchPoint p = ev->touchPoints().at(0);
+            QPoint delta = p.pos().toPoint() - p.startPos().toPoint();
+            enum { TapRadius = 40 };
+            if (delta.manhattanLength() <= TapRadius) {
+                if (event->type() == QEvent::TouchEnd)
+                    result = QGestureRecognizer::FinishGesture;
+                else
+                    result = QGestureRecognizer::TriggerGesture;
+            }
+        }
+        break;
+    }
+    case QEvent::MouseButtonPress:
+    case QEvent::MouseMove:
+    case QEvent::MouseButtonRelease:
+        result = QGestureRecognizer::Ignore;
+        break;
+    default:
+        result = QGestureRecognizer::Ignore;
+        break;
+    }
+    return result;
+}
+
+void QTapGestureRecognizer::reset(QGesture *state)
+{
+    QTapGesture *q = static_cast<QTapGesture *>(state);
+    QTapGesturePrivate *d = q->d_func();
+
+    d->position = QPointF();
+
+    QGestureRecognizer::reset(state);
+}
+
+//
+// QTapAndHoldGestureRecognizer
+//
+
+QTapAndHoldGestureRecognizer::QTapAndHoldGestureRecognizer()
+{
+}
+
+QGesture *QTapAndHoldGestureRecognizer::create(QObject *target)
+{
+    if (target && target->isWidgetType()) {
+        static_cast<QWidget *>(target)->setAttribute(Qt::WA_AcceptTouchEvents);
+    }
+    return new QTapAndHoldGesture;
+}
+
+QGestureRecognizer::Result
+QTapAndHoldGestureRecognizer::recognize(QGesture *state, QObject *object,
+                                        QEvent *event)
+{
+    QTapAndHoldGesture *q = static_cast<QTapAndHoldGesture *>(state);
+    QTapAndHoldGesturePrivate *d = q->d_func();
+
+    if (object == state && event->type() == QEvent::Timer) {
+        q->killTimer(d->timerId);
+        d->timerId = 0;
+        return QGestureRecognizer::Ignore | QGestureRecognizer::ConsumeEventHint;
+    }
+
+    const QTouchEvent *ev = static_cast<const QTouchEvent *>(event);
+
+    QGestureRecognizer::Result result = QGestureRecognizer::CancelGesture;
+
+    enum { TimerInterval = 2000 };
+    enum { TapRadius = 40 };
+
+    switch (event->type()) {
+    case QEvent::TouchBegin:
+        d->position = ev->touchPoints().at(0).pos();
+        if (d->timerId)
+            q->killTimer(d->timerId);
+        d->timerId = q->startTimer(TimerInterval);
+        result = QGestureRecognizer::TriggerGesture;
+        break;
+    case QEvent::TouchEnd:
+        if (d->timerId)
+            result = QGestureRecognizer::CancelGesture;
+        else
+            result = QGestureRecognizer::FinishGesture;
+        break;
+    case QEvent::TouchUpdate:
+        if (q->state() != Qt::NoGesture && ev->touchPoints().size() == 1) {
+            QTouchEvent::TouchPoint p = ev->touchPoints().at(0);
+            QPoint delta = p.pos().toPoint() - p.startPos().toPoint();
+            if (delta.manhattanLength() <= TapRadius)
+                result = QGestureRecognizer::TriggerGesture;
+        }
+        break;
+    case QEvent::MouseButtonPress:
+    case QEvent::MouseMove:
+    case QEvent::MouseButtonRelease:
+        result = QGestureRecognizer::Ignore;
+        break;
+    default:
+        result = QGestureRecognizer::Ignore;
+        break;
+    }
+    return result;
+}
+
+void QTapAndHoldGestureRecognizer::reset(QGesture *state)
+{
+    QTapAndHoldGesture *q = static_cast<QTapAndHoldGesture *>(state);
+    QTapAndHoldGesturePrivate *d = q->d_func();
+
+    d->position = QPointF();
+    if (d->timerId)
+        q->killTimer(d->timerId);
+    d->timerId = 0;
 
     QGestureRecognizer::reset(state);
 }
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qstandardgestures_p.h b/src/gui/kernel/qstandardgestures_p.h
index e6f346c..8fea2bc 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qstandardgestures_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qstandardgestures_p.h
@@ -74,7 +74,36 @@ public:
     QPinchGestureRecognizer();
 
     QGesture *create(QObject *target);
+    QGestureRecognizer::Result recognize(QGesture *state, QObject *watched, QEvent *event);
+    void reset(QGesture *state);
+};
+
+class QSwipeGestureRecognizer : public QGestureRecognizer
+{
+public:
+    QSwipeGestureRecognizer();
 
+    QGesture *create(QObject *target);
+    QGestureRecognizer::Result recognize(QGesture *state, QObject *watched, QEvent *event);
+    void reset(QGesture *state);
+};
+
+class QTapGestureRecognizer : public QGestureRecognizer
+{
+public:
+    QTapGestureRecognizer();
+
+    QGesture *create(QObject *target);
+    QGestureRecognizer::Result recognize(QGesture *state, QObject *watched, QEvent *event);
+    void reset(QGesture *state);
+};
+
+class QTapAndHoldGestureRecognizer : public QGestureRecognizer
+{
+public:
+    QTapAndHoldGestureRecognizer();
+
+    QGesture *create(QObject *target);
     QGestureRecognizer::Result recognize(QGesture *state, QObject *watched, QEvent *event);
     void reset(QGesture *state);
 };
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qt_s60_p.h b/src/gui/kernel/qt_s60_p.h
index 789d89e..333458b 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qt_s60_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qt_s60_p.h
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 ** All rights reserved.
 ** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
-** This file is part of the QtGui of the Qt Toolkit.
+** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
 ** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
 ** No Commercial Usage
@@ -73,6 +73,7 @@
 #include <akntitle.h>               // CAknTitlePane
 #include <akncontext.h>             // CAknContextPane
 #include <eikspane.h>               // CEikStatusPane
+#include <aknpopupfader.h>          // MAknFadedComponent and TAknPopupFader
 #endif
 
 QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
@@ -114,7 +115,7 @@ public:
     int supportsPremultipliedAlpha : 1;
     QApplication::QS60MainApplicationFactory s60ApplicationFactory; // typedef'ed pointer type
     static inline void updateScreenSize();
-	static inline RWsSession& wsSession();
+    static inline RWsSession& wsSession();
     static inline RWindowGroup& windowGroup();
     static inline CWsScreenDevice* screenDevice();
     static inline CCoeAppUi* appUi();
@@ -140,7 +141,11 @@ public:
 };
 class QLongTapTimer;
 
+
 class QSymbianControl : public CCoeControl, public QAbstractLongTapObserver
+#ifdef Q_WS_S60
+, public MAknFadedComponent
+#endif
 {
 public:
     DECLARE_TYPE_ID(0x51740000) // Fun fact: the two first values are "Qt" in ASCII.
@@ -165,6 +170,17 @@ public:
 
     void setFocusSafely(bool focus);
 
+#ifdef Q_WS_S60
+    void FadeBehindPopup(bool fade){ popupFader.FadeBehindPopup( this, this, fade); }
+
+protected: // from MAknFadedComponent
+    TInt CountFadedComponents() {return 1;}
+    CCoeControl* FadedComponent(TInt aIndex) {return this;}
+#else
+    #warning No fallback implementation for QSymbianControl::FadeBehindPopup
+    void FadeBehindPopup(bool /*fade*/){ }
+#endif
+
 protected:
     void Draw(const TRect& aRect) const;
     void SizeChanged();
@@ -189,6 +205,11 @@ private:
     bool m_ignoreFocusChanged;
     QLongTapTimer* m_longTapDetector;
     bool m_previousEventLongTap;
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_S60
+    // Fader object used to fade everything except this menu and the CBA.
+    TAknPopupFader popupFader;
+#endif
 };
 
 inline QS60Data::QS60Data()
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qwidget.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qwidget.cpp
index 271b939..4aa358f 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qwidget.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qwidget.cpp
@@ -900,7 +900,7 @@ void QWidget::setAutoFillBackground(bool enabled)
     passing a \c QAction with a softkey role set on it. When the widget
     containing the softkey actions has focus, its softkeys should appear in
     the user interface. Softkeys are discovered by traversing the widget
-    heirarchy so it is possible to define a single set of softkeys that are
+    hierarchy so it is possible to define a single set of softkeys that are
     present at all times by calling addAction() for a given top level widget.
 
     On some platforms, this concept overlaps with \c QMenuBar such that if no
@@ -5238,7 +5238,7 @@ void QWidgetPrivate::drawWidget(QPaintDevice *pdev, const QRegion &rgn, const QP
                 QPainter p(pdev);
                 p.translate(offset);
                 context.painter = &p;
-                graphicsEffect->draw(&p, source);
+                graphicsEffect->draw(&p);
                 paintEngine->d_func()->systemClip = QRegion();
             } else {
                 context.painter = sharedPainter;
@@ -5248,7 +5248,7 @@ void QWidgetPrivate::drawWidget(QPaintDevice *pdev, const QRegion &rgn, const QP
                 }
                 sharedPainter->save();
                 sharedPainter->translate(offset);
-                graphicsEffect->draw(sharedPainter, source);
+                graphicsEffect->draw(sharedPainter);
                 sharedPainter->restore();
             }
             sourced->context = 0;
@@ -5470,7 +5470,7 @@ void QWidgetEffectSourcePrivate::draw(QPainter *painter)
 }
 
 QPixmap QWidgetEffectSourcePrivate::pixmap(Qt::CoordinateSystem system, QPoint *offset,
-                                           QGraphicsEffectSource::PixmapPadMode mode) const
+                                           QGraphicsEffect::PixmapPadMode mode) const
 {
     const bool deviceCoordinates = (system == Qt::DeviceCoordinates);
     if (!context && deviceCoordinates) {
@@ -5491,10 +5491,10 @@ QPixmap QWidgetEffectSourcePrivate::pixmap(Qt::CoordinateSystem system, QPoint *
 
     QRect effectRect;
 
-    if (mode == QGraphicsEffectSource::ExpandToEffectRectPadMode) {
+    if (mode == QGraphicsEffect::PadToEffectiveBoundingRect) {
         effectRect = m_widget->graphicsEffect()->boundingRectFor(sourceRect).toAlignedRect();
 
-    } else if (mode == QGraphicsEffectSource::ExpandToTransparentBorderPadMode) {
+    } else if (mode == QGraphicsEffect::PadToTransparentBorder) {
         effectRect = sourceRect.adjusted(-1, -1, 1, 1).toAlignedRect();
 
     } else {
@@ -11462,6 +11462,17 @@ void QWidget::languageChange() { }  // compat
      \sa QWidget::setMaximumSize()
 */
 
+/*!
+    \fn QWidget::setupUi(QWidget *widget)
+
+    Sets up the user interface for the specified \a widget.
+
+    \note This function is available with widgets that derive from user
+    interface descriptions created using \l{uic}.
+
+    \sa {Using a Designer UI File in Your Application}
+*/
+
 QRect QWidgetPrivate::frameStrut() const
 {
     Q_Q(const QWidget);
@@ -11781,10 +11792,6 @@ void QWidget::ungrabGesture(Qt::GestureType gesture)
 }
 
 
-QT_END_NAMESPACE
-
-#include "moc_qwidget.cpp"
-
 /*!
     \typedef WId
     \relates QWidget
@@ -12101,3 +12108,8 @@ void QWidgetPrivate::_q_delayedDestroy(WId winId)
     delete winId;
 }
 #endif
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+#include "moc_qwidget.cpp"
+
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qwidget.h b/src/gui/kernel/qwidget.h
index b7c55f9..5ba1d23 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qwidget.h
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qwidget.h
@@ -288,6 +288,10 @@ public:
     void setMaximumWidth(int maxw);
     void setMaximumHeight(int maxh);
 
+#ifdef Q_QDOC
+    void setupUi(QWidget *widget);
+#endif
+
     QSize sizeIncrement() const;
     void setSizeIncrement(const QSize &);
     void setSizeIncrement(int w, int h);
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qwidget_mac.mm b/src/gui/kernel/qwidget_mac.mm
index 278bd80..75f9a59 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qwidget_mac.mm
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qwidget_mac.mm
@@ -730,6 +730,7 @@ static EventTypeSpec window_events[] = {
     { kEventClassWindow, kEventWindowClose },
     { kEventClassWindow, kEventWindowExpanded },
     { kEventClassWindow, kEventWindowHidden },
+    { kEventClassWindow, kEventWindowZoom },
     { kEventClassWindow, kEventWindowZoomed },
     { kEventClassWindow, kEventWindowCollapsed },
     { kEventClassWindow, kEventWindowToolbarSwitchMode },
@@ -812,6 +813,9 @@ OSStatus QWidgetPrivate::qt_window_event(EventHandlerCallRef er, EventRef event,
 
             QShowEvent qse;
             QApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent(widget, &qse);
+        } else if(ekind == kEventWindowZoom) {
+            widget->d_func()->topData()->normalGeometry = widget->geometry();
+            handled_event = false;
         } else if(ekind == kEventWindowZoomed) {
             WindowPartCode windowPart;
             GetEventParameter(event, kEventParamWindowPartCode,
@@ -3487,10 +3491,10 @@ void QWidget::setWindowState(Qt::WindowStates newstate)
                     qt_mac_set_fullscreen_mode(true);
             } else {
                 needShow = isVisible();
-                setParent(parentWidget(), d->topData()->savedFlags);
-                setGeometry(d->topData()->normalGeometry);
                 if(!qApp->desktop()->screenNumber(this))
                     qt_mac_set_fullscreen_mode(false);
+                setParent(parentWidget(), d->topData()->savedFlags);
+                setGeometry(d->topData()->normalGeometry);
                 d->topData()->normalGeometry.setRect(0, 0, -1, -1);
             }
         }
@@ -3592,7 +3596,7 @@ void QWidget::setWindowState(Qt::WindowStates newstate)
                 [window zoom:window];
 #endif
                 needSendStateChange = oldstate == windowState(); // Zoom didn't change flags.
-            } else if(oldstate & Qt::WindowMaximized) {
+            } else if(oldstate & Qt::WindowMaximized && !(oldstate & Qt::WindowFullScreen)) {
 #ifndef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
                 Point idealSize;
                 ZoomWindowIdeal(window, inZoomIn, &idealSize);
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qwidget_p.h b/src/gui/kernel/qwidget_p.h
index 151b90a..eea929b 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qwidget_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qwidget_p.h
@@ -479,7 +479,7 @@ public:
         QGraphicsProxyWidget *ancestorProxy = widget->d_func()->nearestGraphicsProxyWidget(widget);
         //It's embedded if it has an ancestor
         if (ancestorProxy) {
-            if (!bypassGraphicsProxyWidget(widget)) {
+            if (!bypassGraphicsProxyWidget(widget) && ancestorProxy->scene() != 0) {
                 // One view, let be smart and return the viewport rect then the popup is aligned
                 if (ancestorProxy->scene()->views().size() == 1) {
                     QGraphicsView *view = ancestorProxy->scene()->views().at(0);
@@ -824,7 +824,7 @@ public:
     QRectF boundingRect(Qt::CoordinateSystem system) const;
     void draw(QPainter *p);
     QPixmap pixmap(Qt::CoordinateSystem system, QPoint *offset,
-                   QGraphicsEffectSource::PixmapPadMode mode) const;
+                   QGraphicsEffect::PixmapPadMode mode) const;
 
     QWidget *m_widget;
     QWidgetPaintContext *context;
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qwidget_s60.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qwidget_s60.cpp
index a6d8ed7..67bbd9f 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qwidget_s60.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qwidget_s60.cpp
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 ** All rights reserved.
 ** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
-** This file is part of the QtGui of the Qt Toolkit.
+** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
 ** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
 ** No Commercial Usage
@@ -434,8 +434,10 @@ void QWidgetPrivate::create_sys(WId window, bool /* initializeWindow */, bool de
         drawableWindow->PointerFilter(EPointerFilterEnterExit
             | EPointerFilterMove | EPointerFilterDrag, 0);
 
-        if (q->isVisible() && q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_Mapped))
+        if (q->isVisible() && q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_Mapped)) {
             activateSymbianWindow(control.data());
+            control->MakeVisible(true);
+        }
 
         // We wait until the control is fully constructed before calling setWinId, because
         // this generates a WinIdChanged event.
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qwidget_win.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qwidget_win.cpp
index 22a94b9..fde0d45 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qwidget_win.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qwidget_win.cpp
@@ -677,7 +677,11 @@ QPoint QWidget::mapToGlobal(const QPoint &pos) const
     QWidget *parentWindow = window();
     QWExtra *extra = parentWindow->d_func()->extra;
     if (!isVisible() || parentWindow->isMinimized() || !testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created) || !internalWinId()
-        || (extra && extra->proxyWidget)) {
+        || (extra
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+            && extra->proxyWidget
+#endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+            )) {
         if (extra && extra->topextra && extra->topextra->embedded) {
             QPoint pt = mapTo(parentWindow, pos);
             POINT p = {pt.x(), pt.y()};
@@ -704,7 +708,11 @@ QPoint QWidget::mapFromGlobal(const QPoint &pos) const
     QWidget *parentWindow = window();
     QWExtra *extra = parentWindow->d_func()->extra;
     if (!isVisible() || parentWindow->isMinimized() || !testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created) || !internalWinId()
-        || (extra && extra->proxyWidget)) {
+        || (extra
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+            && extra->proxyWidget
+#endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+            )) {
         if (extra && extra->topextra && extra->topextra->embedded) {
             POINT p = {pos.x(), pos.y()};
             ScreenToClient(parentWindow->effectiveWinId(), &p);
@@ -1331,8 +1339,15 @@ void QWidgetPrivate::setGeometry_sys(int x, int y, int w, int h, bool isMove)
     if (isResize && !q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_StaticContents) && q->internalWinId())
         ValidateRgn(q->internalWinId(), 0);
 
+#ifdef Q_WS_WINCE
+    // On Windows CE we can't just fiddle around with the window state.
+    // Too much magic in setWindowState.
+    if (isResize && q->isMaximized())
+        q->setWindowState(q->windowState() & ~Qt::WindowMaximized);
+#else
     if (isResize)
         data.window_state &= ~Qt::WindowMaximized;
+#endif
 
     if (data.window_state & Qt::WindowFullScreen) {
         QTLWExtra *top = topData();
@@ -2032,16 +2047,21 @@ void QWidgetPrivate::registerTouchWindow()
 
 void QWidgetPrivate::winSetupGestures()
 {
+#if !defined(QT_NO_NATIVE_GESTURES)
     Q_Q(QWidget);
-    if (!q || !q->isVisible())
+    if (!q || !q->isVisible() || !nativeGesturePanEnabled)
         return;
+
     QApplicationPrivate *qAppPriv = QApplicationPrivate::instance();
+    if (!qAppPriv->SetGestureConfig)
+        return;
     WId winid = q->internalWinId();
 
     bool needh = false;
     bool needv = false;
     bool singleFingerPanEnabled = false;
 
+#ifndef QT_NO_SCROLLAREA
     if (QAbstractScrollArea *asa = qobject_cast<QAbstractScrollArea*>(q->parent())) {
         QScrollBar *hbar = asa->horizontalScrollBar();
         QScrollBar *vbar = asa->verticalScrollBar();
@@ -2052,10 +2072,12 @@ void QWidgetPrivate::winSetupGestures()
         needv = (vbarpolicy == Qt::ScrollBarAlwaysOn ||
                  (vbarpolicy == Qt::ScrollBarAsNeeded && vbar->minimum() < vbar->maximum()));
         singleFingerPanEnabled = asa->d_func()->singleFingerPanEnabled;
-        if (!winid)
+        if (!winid) {
             winid = q->winId(); // enforces the native winid on the viewport
+        }
     }
-    if (winid && qAppPriv->SetGestureConfig) {
+#endif //QT_NO_SCROLLAREA
+    if (winid) {
         GESTURECONFIG gc[1];
         memset(gc, 0, sizeof(gc));
         gc[0].dwID = GID_PAN;
@@ -2075,6 +2097,7 @@ void QWidgetPrivate::winSetupGestures()
 
         qAppPriv->SetGestureConfig(winid, 0, sizeof(gc)/sizeof(gc[0]), gc, sizeof(gc[0]));
     }
+#endif
 }
 
 QT_END_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qwidget_x11.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qwidget_x11.cpp
index 28676da..7461637 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qwidget_x11.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qwidget_x11.cpp
@@ -1445,7 +1445,7 @@ void QWidgetPrivate::setWindowIcon_sys(bool forceReset)
                 icon_data[pos++] = image.width();
                 icon_data[pos++] = image.height();
                 if (sizeof(long) == sizeof(quint32)) {
-                    memcpy(icon_data.data() + pos, image.scanLine(0), image.numBytes());
+                    memcpy(icon_data.data() + pos, image.scanLine(0), image.byteCount());
                 } else {
                     for (int y = 0; y < image.height(); ++y) {
                         uint *scanLine = reinterpret_cast<uint *>(image.scanLine(y));
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qwinnativepangesturerecognizer_win.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qwinnativepangesturerecognizer_win.cpp
index 5fceb13..7dff543 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qwinnativepangesturerecognizer_win.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qwinnativepangesturerecognizer_win.cpp
@@ -52,6 +52,8 @@
 
 QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
+#if !defined(QT_NO_NATIVE_GESTURES)
+
 QWinNativePanGestureRecognizer::QWinNativePanGestureRecognizer()
 {
 }
@@ -122,4 +124,6 @@ void QWinNativePanGestureRecognizer::reset(QGesture *state)
     QGestureRecognizer::reset(state);
 }
 
+#endif // QT_NO_NATIVE_GESTURES
+
 QT_END_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qwinnativepangesturerecognizer_win_p.h b/src/gui/kernel/qwinnativepangesturerecognizer_win_p.h
index 8fb0d50..7d53ed2 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qwinnativepangesturerecognizer_win_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qwinnativepangesturerecognizer_win_p.h
@@ -57,6 +57,8 @@
 
 QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
+#if !defined(QT_NO_NATIVE_GESTURES)
+
 class QWinNativePanGestureRecognizer : public QGestureRecognizer
 {
 public:
@@ -67,6 +69,8 @@ public:
     void reset(QGesture *state);
 };
 
+#endif // QT_NO_NATIVE_GESTURES
+
 QT_END_NAMESPACE
 
 #endif // QWINNATIVEPANGESTURERECOGNIZER_WIN_P_H
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qbrush.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qbrush.cpp
index 6f5d892..afe9986 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qbrush.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qbrush.cpp
@@ -970,7 +970,7 @@ bool QBrush::operator==(const QBrush &b) const
 QDebug operator<<(QDebug dbg, const QBrush &b)
 {
 #ifndef Q_BROKEN_DEBUG_STREAM
-    char *BRUSH_STYLES[] = {
+    const char *BRUSH_STYLES[] = {
      "NoBrush",
      "SolidPattern",
      "Dense1Pattern",
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qcolormap_qws.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qcolormap_qws.cpp
index ce4cd09..bc97b08 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qcolormap_qws.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qcolormap_qws.cpp
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ const QColor QColormap::colorAt(uint pixel) const
                       (pixel & green_mask) >> green_shift,
                       (pixel & blue_mask));
     }
-    Q_ASSERT_X(int(pixel) < qt_screen->numCols(), "QColormap::colorAt", "pixel out of bounds of palette");
+    Q_ASSERT_X(int(pixel) < qt_screen->colorCount(), "QColormap::colorAt", "pixel out of bounds of palette");
     return QColor(qt_screen->clut()[pixel]);
 }
 
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qmatrix.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qmatrix.cpp
index 88b2b7a..17b7241 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qmatrix.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qmatrix.cpp
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     which returns true if the matrix is non-singular (i.e. AB = BA =
     I). The inverted() function returns an inverted copy of \e this
     matrix if it is invertible (otherwise it returns the identity
-    matrix). In addition, QMatrix provides the det() function
+    matrix). In addition, QMatrix provides the determinant() function
     returning the matrix's determinant.
 
     Finally, the QMatrix class supports matrix multiplication, and
@@ -959,9 +959,19 @@ QMatrix &QMatrix::rotate(qreal a)
 */
 
 /*!
+    \obsolete
     \fn qreal QMatrix::det() const
 
     Returns the matrix's determinant.
+
+    \sa determinant()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \since 4.6
+    \fn qreal QMatrix::determinant() const
+
+    Returns the matrix's determinant.
 */
 
 /*!
@@ -985,8 +995,8 @@ QMatrix &QMatrix::rotate(qreal a)
 
 QMatrix QMatrix::inverted(bool *invertible) const
 {
-    qreal determinant = det();
-    if (determinant == 0.0) {
+    qreal dtr = determinant();
+    if (dtr == 0.0) {
         if (invertible)
             *invertible = false;                // singular matrix
         return QMatrix(true);
@@ -994,7 +1004,7 @@ QMatrix QMatrix::inverted(bool *invertible) const
     else {                                        // invertible matrix
         if (invertible)
             *invertible = true;
-        qreal dinv = 1.0/determinant;
+        qreal dinv = 1.0/dtr;
         return QMatrix((_m22*dinv),        (-_m12*dinv),
                        (-_m21*dinv), (_m11*dinv),
                        ((_m21*_dy - _m22*_dx)*dinv),
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qmatrix.h b/src/gui/painting/qmatrix.h
index 8887f0e..152b3c9 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qmatrix.h
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qmatrix.h
@@ -101,7 +101,8 @@ public:
     QMatrix &rotate(qreal a);
 
     bool isInvertible() const { return !qFuzzyIsNull(_m11*_m22 - _m12*_m21); }
-    qreal det() const { return _m11*_m22 - _m12*_m21; }
+    qreal determinant() const { return _m11*_m22 - _m12*_m21; }
+    QT_DEPRECATED qreal det() const { return _m11*_m22 - _m12*_m21; }
 
     QMatrix inverted(bool *invertible = 0) const;
 
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qpaintdevice.h b/src/gui/painting/qpaintdevice.h
index c8e86b8..9148e4b 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qpaintdevice.h
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qpaintdevice.h
@@ -96,7 +96,8 @@ public:
     int logicalDpiY() const { return metric(PdmDpiY); }
     int physicalDpiX() const { return metric(PdmPhysicalDpiX); }
     int physicalDpiY() const { return metric(PdmPhysicalDpiY); }
-    int numColors() const { return metric(PdmNumColors); }
+    QT_DEPRECATED int numColors() const { return metric(PdmNumColors); }
+    int colorCount() const { return metric(PdmNumColors); }
     int depth() const { return metric(PdmDepth); }
 
 protected:
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qpaintdevice.qdoc b/src/gui/painting/qpaintdevice.qdoc
index dca7e0e..6c0b04c 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qpaintdevice.qdoc
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qpaintdevice.qdoc
@@ -221,6 +221,18 @@
 
 /*!
     \fn int QPaintDevice::numColors() const
+    \deprecated
+
+    Use colorCount() instead.
+
+    Returns the number of different colors available for the paint
+    device. Since this value is an int, it will not be sufficient to represent
+    the number of colors on 32 bit displays, in this case INT_MAX is
+    returned instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QPaintDevice::colorCount() const
 
     Returns the number of different colors available for the paint
     device. Since this value is an int, it will not be sufficient to represent
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qpaintengine_mac.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qpaintengine_mac.cpp
index e686373..c1b887c 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qpaintengine_mac.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qpaintengine_mac.cpp
@@ -1023,7 +1023,7 @@ CGImageRef qt_mac_createCGImageFromQImage(const QImage &img, const QImage **imag
 #endif
     QCFType<CGDataProviderRef> dataProvider = CGDataProviderCreateWithData(image,
                                                           static_cast<const QImage *>(image)->bits(),
-                                                          image->numBytes(),
+                                                          image->byteCount(),
                                                           drawImageReleaseData);
     if (imagePtr)
         *imagePtr = image;
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qpaintengine_raster.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qpaintengine_raster.cpp
index 8d0b961..3f33319 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qpaintengine_raster.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qpaintengine_raster.cpp
@@ -1362,7 +1362,7 @@ void QRasterPaintEngine::clip(const QRegion &region, Qt::ClipOperation op)
 
     Q_D(QRasterPaintEngine);
 
-    if (region.numRects() == 1) {
+    if (region.rectCount() == 1) {
         clip(region.boundingRect(), op);
         return;
     }
@@ -4536,7 +4536,7 @@ void QClipData::setClipRect(const QRect &rect)
  */
 void QClipData::setClipRegion(const QRegion &region)
 {
-    if (region.numRects() == 1) {
+    if (region.rectCount() == 1) {
         setClipRect(region.rects().at(0));
         return;
     }
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qpaintengineex.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qpaintengineex.cpp
index 1fb8aab..7d1c109 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qpaintengineex.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qpaintengineex.cpp
@@ -602,7 +602,7 @@ void QPaintEngineEx::clip(const QRect &r, Qt::ClipOperation op)
 
 void QPaintEngineEx::clip(const QRegion &region, Qt::ClipOperation op)
 {
-    if (region.numRects() == 1)
+    if (region.rectCount() == 1)
         clip(region.boundingRect(), op);
 
     QVector<QRect> rects = region.rects();
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qpdf.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qpdf.cpp
index 41a7fbb..b640858 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qpdf.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qpdf.cpp
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ namespace QPdf {
             fileBackingActive(false),
             handleDirty(false)
     {
-        dev->open(QIODevice::ReadWrite);
+        dev->open(QIODevice::ReadWrite | QIODevice::Append);
     }
 
     ByteStream::ByteStream(bool fileBacking)
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qregion.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qregion.cpp
index 401773b..63dec2b 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qregion.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qregion.cpp
@@ -690,7 +690,7 @@ bool QRegion::intersects(const QRegion &region) const
 
     if (!rect_intersects(boundingRect(), region.boundingRect()))
         return false;
-    if (numRects() == 1 && region.numRects() == 1)
+    if (rectCount() == 1 && region.rectCount() == 1)
         return true;
 
     const QVector<QRect> myRects = rects();
@@ -717,7 +717,7 @@ bool QRegion::intersects(const QRect &rect) const
     const QRect r = rect.normalized();
     if (!rect_intersects(boundingRect(), r))
         return false;
-    if (numRects() == 1)
+    if (rectCount() == 1)
         return true;
 
     const QVector<QRect> myRects = rects();
@@ -739,6 +739,7 @@ QRegion QRegion::intersect(const QRect &r) const
 #endif
 
 /*!
+    \obsolete
     \fn int QRegion::numRects() const
     \since 4.4
 
@@ -746,6 +747,13 @@ QRegion QRegion::intersect(const QRect &r) const
 */
 
 /*!
+    \fn int QRegion::rectCount() const
+    \since 4.6
+
+    Returns the number of rectangles that will be returned in rects().
+*/
+
+/*!
     \fn bool QRegion::isEmpty() const
 
     Returns true if the region is empty; otherwise returns false. An
@@ -1027,7 +1035,7 @@ void addSegmentsToPath(Segment *segment, QPainterPath &path)
 Q_AUTOTEST_EXPORT QPainterPath qt_regionToPath(const QRegion &region)
 {
     QPainterPath result;
-    if (region.numRects() == 1) {
+    if (region.rectCount() == 1) {
         result.addRect(region.boundingRect());
         return result;
     }
@@ -4322,6 +4330,12 @@ int QRegion::numRects() const
     return (d->qt_rgn ? d->qt_rgn->numRects : 0);
 }
 
+int QRegion::rectCount() const
+{
+    return (d->qt_rgn ? d->qt_rgn->numRects : 0);
+}
+
+
 bool QRegion::operator==(const QRegion &r) const
 {
     if (!d->qt_rgn)
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qregion.h b/src/gui/painting/qregion.h
index 7e459ed..2a1be86 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qregion.h
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qregion.h
@@ -116,7 +116,8 @@ public:
     QRect boundingRect() const;
     QVector<QRect> rects() const;
     void setRects(const QRect *rect, int num);
-    int numRects() const;
+    QT_DEPRECATED int numRects() const;
+    int rectCount() const;
 
     const QRegion operator|(const QRegion &r) const;
     const QRegion operator+(const QRegion &r) const;
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qregion_s60.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qregion_s60.cpp
index 76b0948..3dc2e8d 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qregion_s60.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qregion_s60.cpp
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 ** All rights reserved.
 ** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
-** This file is part of the QtGui of the Qt Toolkit.
+** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
 ** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
 ** No Commercial Usage
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qtransform.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qtransform.cpp
index 1bd5842..45db80a 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qtransform.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qtransform.cpp
@@ -1421,7 +1421,7 @@ QRegion QTransform::map(const QRegion &r) const
         return copy;
     }
 
-    if (t == TxScale && r.numRects() == 1)
+    if (t == TxScale && r.rectCount() == 1)
         return QRegion(mapRect(r.boundingRect()));
 
     QPainterPath p = map(qt_regionToPath(r));
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qwindowsurface_raster.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qwindowsurface_raster.cpp
index d412040..5060f95 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qwindowsurface_raster.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qwindowsurface_raster.cpp
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ void QRasterWindowSurface::flush(QWidget *widget, const QRegion &rgn, const QPoi
 
     // Not ready for painting yet, bail out. This can happen in
     // QWidget::create_sys()
-    if (!d->image || rgn.numRects() == 0)
+    if (!d->image || rgn.rectCount() == 0)
         return;
 
 #ifdef Q_WS_WIN
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ void QRasterWindowSurface::flush(QWidget *widget, const QRegion &rgn, const QPoi
         wrgn.translate(-wOffset);
     QRect wbr = wrgn.boundingRect();
 
-    if (wrgn.numRects() != 1) {
+    if (wrgn.rectCount() != 1) {
         int num;
         XRectangle *rects = (XRectangle *)qt_getClipRects(wrgn, num);
         XSetClipRectangles(X11->display, d_ptr->gc, 0, 0, rects, num, YXBanded);
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ void QRasterWindowSurface::flush(QWidget *widget, const QRegion &rgn, const QPoi
         }
     }
 
-    if (wrgn.numRects() != 1)
+    if (wrgn.rectCount() != 1)
         XSetClipMask(X11->display, d_ptr->gc, XNone);
 #endif // FALCON
 
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qwindowsurface_s60.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qwindowsurface_s60.cpp
index dc4e43b..c66da71 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qwindowsurface_s60.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qwindowsurface_s60.cpp
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 ** All rights reserved.
 ** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
-** This file is part of the QtGui of the Qt Toolkit.
+** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
 ** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
 ** No Commercial Usage
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qwindowsurface_s60_p.h b/src/gui/painting/qwindowsurface_s60_p.h
index 3c4059f..0305454 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qwindowsurface_s60_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qwindowsurface_s60_p.h
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 ** All rights reserved.
 ** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
-** This file is part of the QtGui of the Qt Toolkit.
+** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
 ** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
 ** No Commercial Usage
diff --git a/src/gui/statemachine/qguistatemachine.cpp b/src/gui/statemachine/qguistatemachine.cpp
index 1de5ffa..4f7806f 100644
--- a/src/gui/statemachine/qguistatemachine.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/statemachine/qguistatemachine.cpp
@@ -106,8 +106,10 @@ static QEvent *cloneEvent(QEvent *e)
         return new QEvent(*e);
     case QEvent::HideToParent:
         return new QEvent(*e);
+#ifndef QT_NO_WHEELEVENT
     case QEvent::Wheel:
         return new QWheelEvent(*static_cast<QWheelEvent*>(e));
+#endif //QT_NO_WHEELEVENT
     case QEvent::WindowTitleChange:
         return new QEvent(*e);
     case QEvent::WindowIconChange:
@@ -190,8 +192,10 @@ static QEvent *cloneEvent(QEvent *e)
         return new QInputMethodEvent(*static_cast<QInputMethodEvent*>(e));
     case QEvent::AccessibilityPrepare:
         return new QEvent(*e);
+#ifndef QT_NO_TABLETEVENT
     case QEvent::TabletMove:
         return new QTabletEvent(*static_cast<QTabletEvent*>(e));
+#endif //QT_NO_TABLETEVENT
     case QEvent::LocaleChange:
         return new QEvent(*e);
     case QEvent::LanguageChange:
@@ -200,10 +204,12 @@ static QEvent *cloneEvent(QEvent *e)
         return new QEvent(*e);
     case QEvent::Style:
         return new QEvent(*e);
+#ifndef QT_NO_TABLETEVENT
     case QEvent::TabletPress:
         return new QTabletEvent(*static_cast<QTabletEvent*>(e));
     case QEvent::TabletRelease:
         return new QTabletEvent(*static_cast<QTabletEvent*>(e));
+#endif //QT_NO_TABLETEVENT
     case QEvent::OkRequest:
         return new QEvent(*e);
     case QEvent::HelpRequest:
@@ -238,8 +244,10 @@ static QEvent *cloneEvent(QEvent *e)
         return new QHelpEvent(*static_cast<QHelpEvent*>(e));
     case QEvent::WhatsThis:
         return new QHelpEvent(*static_cast<QHelpEvent*>(e));
+#ifndef QT_NO_STATUSTIP
     case QEvent::StatusTip:
         return new QStatusTipEvent(*static_cast<QStatusTipEvent*>(e));
+#endif //QT_NO_STATUSTIP
 #ifndef QT_NO_ACTION
     case QEvent::ActionChanged:
     case QEvent::ActionAdded:
@@ -249,8 +257,10 @@ static QEvent *cloneEvent(QEvent *e)
     case QEvent::FileOpen:
         return new QFileOpenEvent(*static_cast<QFileOpenEvent*>(e));
 
+#ifndef QT_NO_SHORTCUT
     case QEvent::Shortcut:
         return new QShortcutEvent(*static_cast<QShortcutEvent*>(e));
+#endif //QT_NO_SHORTCUT
     case QEvent::ShortcutOverride:
         return new QKeyEvent(*static_cast<QKeyEvent*>(e));
 
@@ -263,11 +273,15 @@ static QEvent *cloneEvent(QEvent *e)
         break;
 #endif
 
+#ifndef QT_NO_WHATSTHIS
     case QEvent::WhatsThisClicked:
         return new QWhatsThisClickedEvent(*static_cast<QWhatsThisClickedEvent*>(e));
+#endif //QT_NO_WHATSTHIS
 
+#ifndef QT_NO_TOOLBAR
     case QEvent::ToolBarChange:
         return new QToolBarChangeEvent(*static_cast<QToolBarChangeEvent*>(e));
+#endif //QT_NO_TOOLBAR
 
     case QEvent::ApplicationActivate:
         return new QEvent(*e);
@@ -397,9 +411,11 @@ static QEvent *cloneEvent(QEvent *e)
     case QEvent::DynamicPropertyChange:
         return new QDynamicPropertyChangeEvent(*static_cast<QDynamicPropertyChangeEvent*>(e));
 
+#ifndef QT_NO_TABLETEVENT
     case QEvent::TabletEnterProximity:
     case QEvent::TabletLeaveProximity:
         return new QTabletEvent(*static_cast<QTabletEvent*>(e));
+#endif //QT_NO_TABLETEVENT
 
     case QEvent::NonClientAreaMouseMove:
     case QEvent::NonClientAreaMouseButtonPress:
diff --git a/src/gui/styles/qs60style.cpp b/src/gui/styles/qs60style.cpp
index 350a8e6..d33dc6a 100644
--- a/src/gui/styles/qs60style.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/styles/qs60style.cpp
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 ** All rights reserved.
 ** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
-** This file is part of the QtGui of the Qt Toolkit.
+** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
 ** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
 ** No Commercial Usage
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ void QS60StylePrivate::drawSkinElement(SkinElements element, QPainter *painter,
         drawFrame(SF_ButtonInactive, painter, rect, flags | SF_PointNorth);
         break;
     case SE_Editor:
-        drawFrame(SF_Editor, painter, rect, flags | SF_PointNorth);
+        drawFrame(SF_FrameLineEdit, painter, rect, flags | SF_PointNorth);
         break;
     default:
         break;
@@ -301,32 +301,6 @@ short QS60StylePrivate::pixelMetric(int metric)
     return returnValue;
 }
 
-void QS60StylePrivate::setStyleProperty(const char *name, const QVariant &value)
-{
-    if (name == propertyKeyCurrentlayout) {
-        static const QStringList layouts = styleProperty(propertyKeyLayouts).toStringList();
-        const QString layout = value.toString();
-        Q_ASSERT(layouts.contains(layout));
-        const int layoutIndex = layouts.indexOf(layout);
-        setCurrentLayout(layoutIndex);
-        QApplication::setLayoutDirection(m_layoutHeaders[layoutIndex].mirroring ? Qt::RightToLeft : Qt::LeftToRight);
-        clearCaches();
-        refreshUI();
-    }
-}
-
-QVariant QS60StylePrivate::styleProperty(const char *name) const
-{
-    if (name == propertyKeyLayouts) {
-        static QStringList layouts;
-        if (layouts.isEmpty())
-            for (int i = 0; i < m_numberOfLayouts; i++)
-                layouts.append(QLatin1String(m_layoutHeaders[i].layoutName));
-        return layouts;
-    }
-    return QVariant();
-}
-
 QColor QS60StylePrivate::stateColor(const QColor &color, const QStyleOption *option)
 {
     QColor retColor (color);
@@ -433,7 +407,7 @@ QColor QS60StylePrivate::colorFromFrameGraphics(SkinFrameElements frame) const
             return Qt::black;
 
         const QRgb *pixelRgb = (const QRgb*)frameImage.bits();
-        const int pixels = frameImage.numBytes()/sizeof(QRgb);
+        const int pixels = frameImage.byteCount()/sizeof(QRgb);
 
         int estimatedRed = 0;
         int estimatedGreen = 0;
@@ -831,6 +805,11 @@ QSize QS60StylePrivate::partSize(QS60StyleEnums::SkinParts part, SkinElementFlag
                 pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_SliderControlThickness), Qt::IgnoreAspectRatio);
             break;
 
+        case QS60StyleEnums::SP_QgnGrafBarFrameSideL:
+        case QS60StyleEnums::SP_QgnGrafBarFrameSideR:
+            result.setWidth(pixelMetric(PM_Custom_FrameCornerWidth));
+            break;
+            
         case QS60StyleEnums::SP_QsnCpScrollHandleBottomPressed:
         case QS60StyleEnums::SP_QsnCpScrollHandleTopPressed:
         case QS60StyleEnums::SP_QsnCpScrollHandleMiddlePressed:
@@ -1676,18 +1655,18 @@ void QS60Style::drawControl(ControlElement element, const QStyleOption *option,
             if (!styleHint(SH_UnderlineShortcut, menuItem, widget))
                 text_flags |= Qt::TextHideMnemonic;
 
-            QRect iconRect =
-                subElementRect(SE_ItemViewItemDecoration, &optionMenuItem, widget);
-            QRect textRect = subElementRect(SE_ItemViewItemText, &optionMenuItem, widget);
-
             if ((option->state & State_Selected) && (option->state & State_Enabled))
                 QS60StylePrivate::drawSkinElement(QS60StylePrivate::SE_ListHighlight, painter, option->rect, flags);
 
+            QRect iconRect = subElementRect(SE_ItemViewItemDecoration, &optionMenuItem, widget);
+            QRect textRect = subElementRect(SE_ItemViewItemText, &optionMenuItem, widget);
+
             //todo: move the vertical spacing stuff into subElementRect
             const int vSpacing = QS60StylePrivate::pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_LayoutVerticalSpacing);
             if (checkable){
+                const int hSpacing = QS60StylePrivate::pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_LayoutHorizontalSpacing);
                 QStyleOptionMenuItem optionCheckBox;
-                optionCheckBox.QStyleOption::operator=(*menuItem);
+                optionCheckBox.QStyleOptionMenuItem::operator=(*menuItem);
                 optionCheckBox.rect.setWidth(pixelMetric(PM_IndicatorWidth));
                 optionCheckBox.rect.setHeight(pixelMetric(PM_IndicatorHeight));
                 const int moveByX = optionCheckBox.rect.width()+vSpacing;
@@ -1696,6 +1675,7 @@ void QS60Style::drawControl(ControlElement element, const QStyleOption *option,
                     iconRect.translate(moveByX, 0);
                     iconRect.setWidth(iconRect.width()+vSpacing);
                     textRect.setWidth(textRect.width()-moveByX-vSpacing);
+                    optionCheckBox.rect.translate(vSpacing/2, hSpacing/2);
                 } else {
                     textRect.setWidth(textRect.width()-moveByX);
                     iconRect.setWidth(iconRect.width()+vSpacing);
@@ -2292,8 +2272,18 @@ QSize QS60Style::sizeFromContents(ContentsType ct, const QStyleOption *opt,
 {
     QSize sz(csz);
     switch (ct) {
+        case CT_ToolButton:
+            sz = QCommonStyle::sizeFromContents( ct, opt, csz, widget);
+            //FIXME properly - style should calculate the location of border frame-part
+            sz += QSize(2*pixelMetric(PM_ButtonMargin), 2*pixelMetric(PM_ButtonMargin));
+            if (const QStyleOptionToolButton *toolBtn = qstyleoption_cast<const QStyleOptionToolButton *>(opt))
+                if (toolBtn->subControls & SC_ToolButtonMenu)
+                    sz += QSize(pixelMetric(PM_MenuButtonIndicator),0);
+            break;
         case CT_PushButton:
             sz = QCommonStyle::sizeFromContents( ct, opt, csz, widget);
+            //FIXME properly - style should calculate the location of border frame-part
+            sz += QSize(2*pixelMetric(PM_ButtonMargin), 2*pixelMetric(PM_ButtonMargin));
             if (const QAbstractButton *buttonWidget = (qobject_cast<const QAbstractButton *>(widget)))
                 if (buttonWidget->isCheckable())
                     sz += QSize(pixelMetric(PM_IndicatorWidth) + pixelMetric(PM_CheckBoxLabelSpacing), 0);
@@ -2572,8 +2562,8 @@ QRect QS60Style::subControlRect(ComplexControl control, const QStyleOptionComple
         break;
     case CC_ToolButton:
         if (const QStyleOptionToolButton *toolButton = qstyleoption_cast<const QStyleOptionToolButton *>(option)) {
-            const int indicatorRect = pixelMetric(PM_MenuButtonIndicator, toolButton, widget) +
-                                      2*pixelMetric(PM_ButtonMargin, toolButton, widget);
+            const int indicatorRect = pixelMetric(PM_MenuButtonIndicator) + 2*pixelMetric(PM_ButtonMargin);
+            const int border = pixelMetric(PM_ButtonMargin) + pixelMetric(PM_DefaultFrameWidth);
             ret = toolButton->rect;
             const bool popup = (toolButton->features & 
                     (QStyleOptionToolButton::MenuButtonPopup | QStyleOptionToolButton::PopupDelay))
@@ -2585,7 +2575,7 @@ QRect QS60Style::subControlRect(ComplexControl control, const QStyleOptionComple
                 break;
             case SC_ToolButtonMenu:
                 if (popup)
-                    ret.adjust(ret.width() - indicatorRect, ret.height() - indicatorRect, 0, 0);
+                    ret.adjust(ret.width() - indicatorRect, border, -pixelMetric(PM_ButtonMargin), -border);
                 break;
             default:
                 break;
@@ -2607,8 +2597,8 @@ QRect QS60Style::subElementRect(SubElement element, const QStyleOption *opt, con
     QRect ret;
     switch (element) {
         case SE_LineEditContents: {
-            // in S60 the input text box doesn't start from line Edit's TL, but
-            // a bit indented.
+                // in S60 the input text box doesn't start from line Edit's TL, but
+                // a bit indented.
                 QRect lineEditRect = opt->rect;
                 const int adjustment = opt->rect.height()>>2;
                 lineEditRect.adjust(adjustment,0,0,0);
@@ -2857,24 +2847,6 @@ void QS60Style::unpolish(QApplication *application)
 }
 
 /*!
-  Sets the style property \a name to the \a value.
- */
-void QS60Style::setStyleProperty(const char *name, const QVariant &value)
-{
-    Q_D(QS60Style);
-    d->setStyleProperty_specific(name, value);
-}
-
-/*!
-  Returns the value of style property \a name.
- */
-QVariant QS60Style::styleProperty(const char *name) const
-{
-    Q_D(const QS60Style);
-    return d->styleProperty_specific(name);
-}
-
-/*!
   \reimp
  */
 bool QS60Style::event(QEvent *e)
diff --git a/src/gui/styles/qs60style.h b/src/gui/styles/qs60style.h
index ab10792..cd63431 100644
--- a/src/gui/styles/qs60style.h
+++ b/src/gui/styles/qs60style.h
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 ** All rights reserved.
 ** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
-** This file is part of the QtGui of the Qt Toolkit.
+** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
 ** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
 ** No Commercial Usage
@@ -79,10 +79,6 @@ public:
 #ifndef Q_NO_USING_KEYWORD
     using QCommonStyle::polish;
 #endif
-
-    void setStyleProperty(const char *name, const QVariant &value);
-    QVariant styleProperty(const char *name) const;
-
     bool event(QEvent *e);
 
 #ifndef Q_WS_S60
diff --git a/src/gui/styles/qs60style_p.h b/src/gui/styles/qs60style_p.h
index 54af757..cfe87ac 100644
--- a/src/gui/styles/qs60style_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/styles/qs60style_p.h
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 ** All rights reserved.
 ** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
-** This file is part of the QtGui of the Qt Toolkit.
+** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
 ** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
 ** No Commercial Usage
@@ -361,7 +361,6 @@ public:
         SF_ToolBarButtonPressed,
         SF_PanelBackground,
         SF_ButtonInactive,
-        SF_Editor,
     };
 
     enum SkinElementFlag {
@@ -389,14 +388,6 @@ public:
     // draws a specific skin part
     static void drawSkinPart(QS60StyleEnums::SkinParts part, QPainter *painter,
         const QRect &rect, SkinElementFlags flags = KDefaultSkinElementFlags);
-    // sets style property
-    void setStyleProperty(const char *name, const QVariant &value);
-    // sets specific style property
-    void setStyleProperty_specific(const char *name, const QVariant &value);
-    // gets style property
-    QVariant styleProperty(const char *name) const;
-    // gets specific style property
-    QVariant styleProperty_specific(const char *name) const;
     // gets pixel metrics value
     static short pixelMetric(int metric);
     // gets color. 'index' is NOT 0-based.
diff --git a/src/gui/styles/qs60style_s60.cpp b/src/gui/styles/qs60style_s60.cpp
index 0cd87bd..a8dbf8d 100644
--- a/src/gui/styles/qs60style_s60.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/styles/qs60style_s60.cpp
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 ** All rights reserved.
 ** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
-** This file is part of the QtGui of the Qt Toolkit.
+** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
 ** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
 ** No Commercial Usage
@@ -319,16 +319,6 @@ const partMapEntry QS60StyleModeSpecifics::m_partMap[] = {
     /* SP_QsnFrButtonSideRInactive */    {KAknsIIDQsnFrButtonTbSideR,           ENoDraw,     ES60_3_1 | ES60_3_2, EAknsMajorSkin, 0x21b8},
     /* SP_QsnFrButtonCenterInactive */   {KAknsIIDQsnFrButtonTbCenter,          EDrawIcon,   ES60_3_1 | ES60_3_2, EAknsMajorSkin, 0x21b9},
 
-    /* SP_QsnFrNotepadCornerTl */        {KAknsIIDQsnFrNotepadContCornerTl,     ENoDraw,     ES60_AllReleases,    -1,-1},
-    /* SP_QsnFrNotepadCornerTr */        {KAknsIIDQsnFrNotepadContCornerTr,     ENoDraw,     ES60_AllReleases,    -1,-1},
-    /* SP_QsnFrNotepadCornerBl */        {KAknsIIDQsnFrNotepadCornerBl,         ENoDraw,     ES60_AllReleases,    -1,-1},
-    /* SP_QsnFrNotepadCornerBr */        {KAknsIIDQsnFrNotepadCornerBr,         ENoDraw,     ES60_AllReleases,    -1,-1},
-    /* SP_QsnFrNotepadSideT */           {KAknsIIDQsnFrNotepadContSideT,        ENoDraw,     ES60_AllReleases,    -1,-1},
-    /* SP_QsnFrNotepadSideB */           {KAknsIIDQsnFrNotepadSideB,            ENoDraw,     ES60_AllReleases,    -1,-1},
-    /* SP_QsnFrNotepadSideL */           {KAknsIIDQsnFrNotepadSideL,            ENoDraw,     ES60_AllReleases,    -1,-1},
-    /* SP_QsnFrNotepadSideR */           {KAknsIIDQsnFrNotepadSideR,            ENoDraw,     ES60_AllReleases,    -1,-1},
-    /* SP_QsnFrNotepadCenter */          {KAknsIIDQsnFrNotepadCenter,           EDrawIcon,   ES60_AllReleases,    -1,-1},
-
 };
 
 QPixmap QS60StyleModeSpecifics::skinnedGraphics(
@@ -852,10 +842,6 @@ void QS60StyleModeSpecifics::frameIdAndCenterId(QS60StylePrivate::SkinFrameEleme
             centerId.Set(KAknsIIDNone);
             frameId.Set(KAknsIIDQsnFrSetOpt);
             break;
-        case QS60StylePrivate::SF_Editor:
-            centerId.Set(KAknsIIDQsnFrNotepadCenter);
-            frameId.Set(KAknsIIDQsnFrNotepadCont);
-            break;
         default:
             // center should be correct here
             frameId.iMinor = centerId.iMinor - 9;
@@ -1028,23 +1014,6 @@ QS60StylePrivate::QS60StylePrivate()
     setActiveLayout();
 }
 
-void QS60StylePrivate::setStyleProperty_specific(const char *name, const QVariant &value)
-{
-    if (QLatin1String(name) == QLatin1String("foo")) {
-        // BaR
-    } else {
-        setStyleProperty(name, value);
-    }
-}
-
-QVariant QS60StylePrivate::styleProperty_specific(const char *name) const
-{
-    if (QLatin1String(name) == QLatin1String("foo"))
-        return QLatin1String("Bar");
-    else
-        return styleProperty(name);
-}
-
 QColor QS60StylePrivate::s60Color(QS60StyleEnums::ColorLists list,
     int index, const QStyleOption *option)
 {
diff --git a/src/gui/styles/qs60style_simulated.cpp b/src/gui/styles/qs60style_simulated.cpp
index 706b4e9..55d5771 100644
--- a/src/gui/styles/qs60style_simulated.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/styles/qs60style_simulated.cpp
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 ** All rights reserved.
 ** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
-** This file is part of the QtGui of the Qt Toolkit.
+** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
 ** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
 ** No Commercial Usage
@@ -308,16 +308,6 @@ QPixmap QS60StylePrivate::frame(SkinFrameElements frame, const QSize &size,
     return result;
 }
 
-void QS60StylePrivate::setStyleProperty_specific(const char *name, const QVariant &value)
-{
-    setStyleProperty(name, value);
-}
-
-QVariant QS60StylePrivate::styleProperty_specific(const char *name) const
-{
-    return styleProperty(name);
-}
-
 QPixmap QS60StylePrivate::backgroundTexture()
 {
     if (!m_background) {
diff --git a/src/gui/styles/qstylesheetstyle.cpp b/src/gui/styles/qstylesheetstyle.cpp
index ae1d33a..ce73fd8 100644
--- a/src/gui/styles/qstylesheetstyle.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/styles/qstylesheetstyle.cpp
@@ -3325,9 +3325,14 @@ void QStyleSheetStyle::drawControl(ControlElement ce, const QStyleOption *opt, Q
         break;
 
     case CE_PushButton:
-        ParentStyle::drawControl(ce, opt, p, w);
-        return;
-
+        if (const QStyleOptionButton *btn = qstyleoption_cast<const QStyleOptionButton *>(opt)) {
+            if (rule.hasDrawable() || rule.hasBox() || rule.hasPosition() || rule.hasPalette() ||
+                    ((btn->features & QStyleOptionButton::HasMenu) && hasStyleRule(w, PseudoElement_PushButtonMenuIndicator))) {
+                ParentStyle::drawControl(ce, opt, p, w);
+                return;
+            }
+        }
+        break;
     case CE_PushButtonBevel:
         if (const QStyleOptionButton *btn = qstyleoption_cast<const QStyleOptionButton *>(opt)) {
             QStyleOptionButton btnOpt(*btn);
@@ -3370,7 +3375,9 @@ void QStyleSheetStyle::drawControl(ControlElement ce, const QStyleOption *opt, Q
             if (rule.hasPosition() && rule.position()->textAlignment != 0) {
                 Qt::Alignment textAlignment = rule.position()->textAlignment;
                 QRect textRect = button->rect;
-                uint tf = Qt::AlignVCenter | Qt::TextShowMnemonic;
+                uint tf = Qt::TextShowMnemonic;
+                const uint verticalAlignMask = Qt::AlignVCenter | Qt::AlignTop | Qt::AlignLeft;
+                tf |= (textAlignment & verticalAlignMask) ? (textAlignment & verticalAlignMask) : Qt::AlignVCenter;
                 if (!styleHint(SH_UnderlineShortcut, button, w))
                     tf |= Qt::TextHideMnemonic;
                 if (!button->icon.isNull()) {
@@ -3599,6 +3606,27 @@ void QStyleSheetStyle::drawControl(ControlElement ce, const QStyleOption *opt, Q
                 }
             } else if (hasStyleRule(w, PseudoElement_MenuCheckMark) || hasStyleRule(w, PseudoElement_MenuRightArrow)) {
                 QWindowsStyle::drawControl(ce, &mi, p, w);
+                if (mi.checkType != QStyleOptionMenuItem::NotCheckable && !mi.checked) {
+                    // We have a style defined, but QWindowsStyle won't draw anything if not checked.
+                    // So we mimick what QWindowsStyle would do.
+                    int checkcol = qMax<int>(mi.maxIconWidth, QWindowsStylePrivate::windowsCheckMarkWidth);
+                    QRect vCheckRect = visualRect(opt->direction, mi.rect, QRect(mi.rect.x(), mi.rect.y(), checkcol, mi.rect.height()));
+                    if (mi.state.testFlag(State_Enabled) && mi.state.testFlag(State_Selected)) {
+                        qDrawShadePanel(p, vCheckRect, mi.palette, true, 1, &mi.palette.brush(QPalette::Button));
+                    } else {
+                        QBrush fill(mi.palette.light().color(), Qt::Dense4Pattern);
+                        qDrawShadePanel(p, vCheckRect, mi.palette, true, 1, &fill);
+                    }
+                    QRenderRule subSubRule = renderRule(w, opt, PseudoElement_MenuCheckMark);
+                    if (subSubRule.hasDrawable()) {
+                        QStyleOptionMenuItem newMi(mi);
+                        newMi.rect = visualRect(opt->direction, mi.rect, QRect(mi.rect.x() + QWindowsStylePrivate::windowsItemFrame,
+                                                                               mi.rect.y() + QWindowsStylePrivate::windowsItemFrame,
+                                                                               checkcol - 2 * QWindowsStylePrivate::windowsItemFrame,
+                                                                               mi.rect.height() - 2 * QWindowsStylePrivate::windowsItemFrame));
+                        drawPrimitive(PE_IndicatorMenuCheckMark, &newMi, p, w);
+                    }
+                }
             } else {
                 if (rule.hasDrawable() && !subRule.hasDrawable() && !(opt->state & QStyle::State_Selected)) {
                     mi.palette.setColor(QPalette::Window, Qt::transparent);
@@ -3668,7 +3696,7 @@ void QStyleSheetStyle::drawControl(ControlElement ce, const QStyleOption *opt, Q
             }
             if (!cb->currentText.isEmpty() && !cb->editable) {
                 drawItemText(p, editRect.adjusted(0, 0, 0, 0), Qt::AlignLeft | Qt::AlignVCenter, cb->palette,
-                             cb->state & State_Enabled, cb->currentText);
+                             cb->state & State_Enabled, cb->currentText, QPalette::Text);
             }
             p->restore();
             return;
@@ -4275,23 +4303,7 @@ void QStyleSheetStyle::drawPrimitive(PrimitiveElement pe, const QStyleOption *op
                     p->fillRect(v2->rect, v2->palette.alternateBase());
                 subRule.drawRule(p, opt->rect);
             } else {
-                QStyleOptionViewItemV2 v2Copy(*v2);
-                if (v2->showDecorationSelected) {
-                    QRenderRule subRule2 = renderRule(w, opt, PseudoElement_ViewItem);
-                    if (v2->state & QStyle::State_Selected) {
-                        subRule2.configurePalette(&v2Copy.palette, QPalette::NoRole, QPalette::Highlight);
-                    } else if (v2->features & QStyleOptionViewItemV2::Alternate) {
-                        subRule2.configurePalette(&v2Copy.palette, QPalette::NoRole, QPalette::AlternateBase);
-                    } else if (subRule2.hasBackground()) {
-                        p->fillRect(v2->rect, subRule2.background()->brush);
-                    }
-                } else if (v2->features & QStyleOptionViewItemV2::Alternate) {
-                    quint64 pc = v2->state & QStyle::State_Enabled ? PseudoClass_Enabled : PseudoClass_Disabled;
-                    pc |= PseudoClass_Alternate;
-                    QRenderRule subRule2 = renderRule(w, PseudoElement_ViewItem, pc);
-                    subRule2.configurePalette(&v2Copy.palette, QPalette::NoRole, QPalette::AlternateBase);
-                }
-                baseStyle()->drawPrimitive(pe, &v2Copy, p, w);
+                baseStyle()->drawPrimitive(pe, v2, p, w);
             }
         }
         return;
@@ -4356,18 +4368,6 @@ void QStyleSheetStyle::drawPrimitive(PrimitiveElement pe, const QStyleOption *op
         break;
 
     case PE_PanelItemViewItem:
-        if (!styleHint(SH_ItemView_ShowDecorationSelected, opt, w)) {
-            rect = subElementRect(QStyle::SE_ItemViewItemText,  opt, w)
-                   | subElementRect(QStyle::SE_ItemViewItemDecoration, opt, w)
-                   | subElementRect(QStyle::SE_ItemViewItemCheckIndicator, opt, w);
-        }
-        pseudoElement = PseudoElement_ViewItem;
-        break;
-
-    case PE_PanelItemViewRow:
-        ParentStyle::drawPrimitive(pe, opt, p, w);
-        if (!styleHint(SH_ItemView_ShowDecorationSelected, opt, w))
-            return;
         pseudoElement = PseudoElement_ViewItem;
         break;
 
diff --git a/src/gui/styles/qstylesheetstyle_default.cpp b/src/gui/styles/qstylesheetstyle_default.cpp
index 406633e..f79f8e0 100644
--- a/src/gui/styles/qstylesheetstyle_default.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/styles/qstylesheetstyle_default.cpp
@@ -203,49 +203,6 @@ StyleSheet QStyleSheetStyle::getDefaultStyleSheet() const
         ADD_STYLE_RULE;
     }
 
-    /*QLineEdit[style="QCleanlooksStyle"] {
-        padding-top: 2px;
-        padding-bottom: 2px;
-    }*/
-    if (baseStyle()->inherits("QCleanlooksStyle"))
-    {
-        SET_ELEMENT_NAME(QLatin1String("QLineEdit"));
-        ADD_BASIC_SELECTOR;
-        ADD_SELECTOR;
-
-
-        SET_PROPERTY(QLatin1String("padding-top"), PaddingTop);
-        ADD_VALUE(Value::Identifier, QString::fromLatin1("2px"));
-        ADD_DECLARATION;
-
-        SET_PROPERTY(QLatin1String("padding-bottom"), PaddingBottom);
-        ADD_VALUE(Value::Identifier, QString::fromLatin1("2px"));
-        ADD_DECLARATION;
-
-        ADD_STYLE_RULE;
-    }
-
-    /*QLineEdit[style="QWindowsXPStyle"],
-      QLineEdit[style="QWindowsVistaStyle"],
-      QLineEdit[style="QGtkStyle"] {
-        padding-top: 1px;
-        padding-bottom: 1px;
-    }*/
-    if (baseStyle()->inherits("QWindowsXPStyle") || baseStyle()->inherits("QGtkStyle"))
-    {
-        SET_ELEMENT_NAME(QLatin1String("QLineEdit"));
-
-        SET_PROPERTY(QLatin1String("padding-top"), PaddingTop);
-        ADD_VALUE(Value::Identifier, QString::fromLatin1("1px"));
-        ADD_DECLARATION;
-
-        SET_PROPERTY(QLatin1String("padding-bottom"), PaddingBottom);
-        ADD_VALUE(Value::Identifier, QString::fromLatin1("1px"));
-        ADD_DECLARATION;
-
-        ADD_STYLE_RULE;
-    }
-
     /*QFrame {
         border: native;
     }*/
diff --git a/src/gui/styles/qwindowsmobilestyle.cpp b/src/gui/styles/qwindowsmobilestyle.cpp
index 7ed187f..86ba947 100644
--- a/src/gui/styles/qwindowsmobilestyle.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/styles/qwindowsmobilestyle.cpp
@@ -4121,6 +4121,7 @@ void QWindowsMobileStylePrivate::setupWindowsMobileStyle65()
 
 void QWindowsMobileStylePrivate::drawTabBarTab(QPainter *painter, const QStyleOptionTab *tab)
 {
+#ifndef QT_NO_TABBAR
 #ifdef Q_WS_WINCE_WM
     if (wm65) {
         tintImagesButton(tab->palette.button().color());
@@ -4207,6 +4208,7 @@ void QWindowsMobileStylePrivate::drawTabBarTab(QPainter *painter, const QStyleOp
         }
     }
     painter->restore();
+#endif //QT_NO_TABBAR
 }
 
 void QWindowsMobileStylePrivate::drawPanelItemViewSelected(QPainter *painter, const QStyleOptionViewItemV4 *option, QRect rect)
@@ -4412,7 +4414,7 @@ void QWindowsMobileStylePrivate::drawScrollbarHandleUp(QPainter *p, QStyleOption
 
 void QWindowsMobileStylePrivate::drawScrollbarHandleDown(QPainter *p, QStyleOptionSlider *opt, bool completeFrame, bool secondScrollBar)
 {
-
+#ifndef QT_NO_SCROLLBAR
 #ifdef Q_WS_WINCE_WM
     if (wm65) {
         tintImagesHigh(opt->palette.highlight().color());
@@ -4469,10 +4471,12 @@ void QWindowsMobileStylePrivate::drawScrollbarHandleDown(QPainter *p, QStyleOpti
             arrowOpt.rect.adjust(1, 0, 1, 0);
         q_func()->proxy()->drawPrimitive(QStyle::PE_IndicatorArrowDown, &arrowOpt, p, 0);
     }
+#endif //QT_NO_SCROLLBAR
 }
 
 void QWindowsMobileStylePrivate::drawScrollbarGroove(QPainter *p,const QStyleOptionSlider *opt)
 {
+#ifndef QT_NO_SCROLLBAR
 #ifdef Q_OS_WINCE_WM
     if (wm65) {
         p->fillRect(opt->rect, QColor(231, 231, 231));
@@ -4498,6 +4502,7 @@ void QWindowsMobileStylePrivate::drawScrollbarGroove(QPainter *p,const QStyleOpt
               fill = opt->palette.light();
             }
             p->fillRect(opt->rect, fill);
+#endif //QT_NO_SCROLLBAR
 }
 
 QWindowsMobileStyle::QWindowsMobileStyle(QWindowsMobileStylePrivate &dd) : QWindowsStyle(dd) {
@@ -6325,16 +6330,20 @@ QSize QWindowsMobileStyle::sizeFromContents(ContentsType type, const QStyleOptio
     switch (type) {
     case CT_PushButton:
        if (const QStyleOptionButton *button = qstyleoption_cast<const QStyleOptionButton *>(option)) {
-            newSize = QWindowsStyle::sizeFromContents(type, option, size, widget);
+            newSize = QCommonStyle::sizeFromContents(type, option, size, widget);
             int w = newSize.width(),
                 h = newSize.height();
             int defwidth = 0;
             if (button->features & QStyleOptionButton::AutoDefaultButton)
                 defwidth = 2 * proxy()->pixelMetric(PM_ButtonDefaultIndicator, button, widget);
-            if (w < 75 + defwidth && button->icon.isNull())
-                w = 75 + defwidth;
-            if (h < 23 + defwidth)
-                h = 23 + defwidth;
+
+            int minwidth = int(QStyleHelper::dpiScaled(55.0f));
+            int minheight = int(QStyleHelper::dpiScaled(19.0f));
+
+            if (w < minwidth + defwidth && button->icon.isNull())
+                w = minwidth + defwidth;
+            if (h < minheight + defwidth)
+                h = minheight + defwidth;
             newSize = QSize(w + 4, h + 4);
         }
         break;
diff --git a/src/gui/styles/qwindowsmobilestyle_p.h b/src/gui/styles/qwindowsmobilestyle_p.h
index 1e8c7ff..139a4ab 100644
--- a/src/gui/styles/qwindowsmobilestyle_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/styles/qwindowsmobilestyle_p.h
@@ -60,6 +60,10 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_WINDOWSMOBILE
 
+class QStyleOptionTab;
+class QStyleOptionSlider;
+class QStyleOptionViewItemV4;
+
 class QWindowsMobileStylePrivate : public QWindowsStylePrivate
 {
     Q_DECLARE_PUBLIC(QWindowsMobileStyle)
diff --git a/src/gui/styles/qwindowsstyle.cpp b/src/gui/styles/qwindowsstyle.cpp
index 5cf738e..f894b82 100644
--- a/src/gui/styles/qwindowsstyle.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/styles/qwindowsstyle.cpp
@@ -115,14 +115,6 @@ QT_BEGIN_INCLUDE_NAMESPACE
 #include <limits.h>
 QT_END_INCLUDE_NAMESPACE
 
-static const int windowsItemFrame        =  2; // menu item frame width
-static const int windowsSepHeight        =  9; // separator item height
-static const int windowsItemHMargin      =  3; // menu item hor text margin
-static const int windowsItemVMargin      =  2; // menu item ver text margin
-static const int windowsArrowHMargin     =  6; // arrow horizontal margin
-static const int windowsRightBorder      = 15; // right border on windows
-static const int windowsCheckMarkWidth   = 12; // checkmarks width on windows
-
 enum QSliderDirection { SlUp, SlDown, SlLeft, SlRight };
 
 /*
@@ -1847,7 +1839,7 @@ void QWindowsStyle::drawControl(ControlElement ce, const QStyleOption *opt, QPai
             bool act = menuitem->state & State_Selected;
 
             // windows always has a check column, regardless whether we have an icon or not
-            int checkcol = qMax(menuitem->maxIconWidth, windowsCheckMarkWidth);
+            int checkcol = qMax<int>(menuitem->maxIconWidth, QWindowsStylePrivate::windowsCheckMarkWidth);
 
             QBrush fill = menuitem->palette.brush(act ? QPalette::Highlight : QPalette::Button);
             p->fillRect(menuitem->rect.adjusted(0, 0, -1, 0), fill);
@@ -1903,8 +1895,10 @@ void QWindowsStyle::drawControl(ControlElement ce, const QStyleOption *opt, QPai
                     newMi.state |= State_Enabled;
                 if (act)
                     newMi.state |= State_On;
-                newMi.rect = visualRect(opt->direction, menuitem->rect, QRect(menuitem->rect.x() + windowsItemFrame, menuitem->rect.y() + windowsItemFrame,
-                                                                              checkcol - 2 * windowsItemFrame, menuitem->rect.height() - 2*windowsItemFrame));
+                newMi.rect = visualRect(opt->direction, menuitem->rect, QRect(menuitem->rect.x() + QWindowsStylePrivate::windowsItemFrame,
+                                                                              menuitem->rect.y() + QWindowsStylePrivate::windowsItemFrame,
+                                                                              checkcol - 2 * QWindowsStylePrivate::windowsItemFrame,
+                                                                              menuitem->rect.height() - 2 * QWindowsStylePrivate::windowsItemFrame));
                 proxy()->drawPrimitive(PE_IndicatorMenuCheckMark, &newMi, p, widget);
             }
             p->setPen(act ? menuitem->palette.highlightedText().color() : menuitem->palette.buttonText().color());
@@ -1915,9 +1909,10 @@ void QWindowsStyle::drawControl(ControlElement ce, const QStyleOption *opt, QPai
                 p->setPen(discol);
             }
 
-            int xm = windowsItemFrame + checkcol + windowsItemHMargin;
+            int xm = QWindowsStylePrivate::windowsItemFrame + checkcol + QWindowsStylePrivate::windowsItemHMargin;
             int xpos = menuitem->rect.x() + xm;
-            QRect textRect(xpos, y + windowsItemVMargin, w - xm - windowsRightBorder - tab + 1, h - 2 * windowsItemVMargin);
+            QRect textRect(xpos, y + QWindowsStylePrivate::windowsItemVMargin,
+                           w - xm - QWindowsStylePrivate::windowsRightBorder - tab + 1, h - 2 * QWindowsStylePrivate::windowsItemVMargin);
             QRect vTextRect = visualRect(opt->direction, menuitem->rect, textRect);
             QString s = menuitem->text;
             if (!s.isEmpty()) {                     // draw text
@@ -1951,10 +1946,10 @@ void QWindowsStyle::drawControl(ControlElement ce, const QStyleOption *opt, QPai
                 p->restore();
             }
             if (menuitem->menuItemType == QStyleOptionMenuItem::SubMenu) {// draw sub menu arrow
-                int dim = (h - 2 * windowsItemFrame) / 2;
+                int dim = (h - 2 * QWindowsStylePrivate::windowsItemFrame) / 2;
                 PrimitiveElement arrow;
                 arrow = (opt->direction == Qt::RightToLeft) ? PE_IndicatorArrowLeft : PE_IndicatorArrowRight;
-                xpos = x + w - windowsArrowHMargin - windowsItemFrame - dim;
+                xpos = x + w - QWindowsStylePrivate::windowsArrowHMargin - QWindowsStylePrivate::windowsItemFrame - dim;
                 QRect  vSubMenuRect = visualRect(opt->direction, menuitem->rect, QRect(xpos, y + h / 2 - dim / 2, dim, dim));
                 QStyleOptionMenuItem newMI = *menuitem;
                 newMI.rect = vSubMenuRect;
@@ -2994,6 +2989,7 @@ void QWindowsStyle::drawComplexControl(ComplexControl cc, const QStyleOptionComp
 #ifndef QT_NO_COMBOBOX
     case CC_ComboBox:
         if (const QStyleOptionComboBox *cmb = qstyleoption_cast<const QStyleOptionComboBox *>(opt)) {
+            p->save();
             QBrush editBrush = cmb->palette.brush(QPalette::Base);
             if ((cmb->subControls & SC_ComboBoxFrame)) {
                 if (cmb->frame) {
@@ -3063,6 +3059,7 @@ void QWindowsStyle::drawComplexControl(ComplexControl cc, const QStyleOptionComp
                     proxy()->drawPrimitive(PE_FrameFocusRect, &focus, p, widget);
                 }
             }
+            p->restore();
         }
         break;
 #endif // QT_NO_COMBOBOX
@@ -3191,7 +3188,7 @@ QSize QWindowsStyle::sizeFromContents(ContentsType ct, const QStyleOption *opt,
             sz = QCommonStyle::sizeFromContents(ct, opt, csz, widget);
 
             if (mi->menuItemType == QStyleOptionMenuItem::Separator) {
-                sz = QSize(10, windowsSepHeight);
+                sz = QSize(10, QWindowsStylePrivate::windowsSepHeight);
             }
             else if (mi->icon.isNull()) {
                 sz.setHeight(sz.height() - 2);
@@ -3202,14 +3199,14 @@ QSize QWindowsStyle::sizeFromContents(ContentsType ct, const QStyleOption *opt,
                 int iconExtent = proxy()->pixelMetric(PM_SmallIconSize, opt, widget);
                 sz.setHeight(qMax(sz.height(),
                                   mi->icon.actualSize(QSize(iconExtent, iconExtent)).height()
-                                  + 2 * windowsItemFrame));
+                                  + 2 * QWindowsStylePrivate::windowsItemFrame));
             }
             int maxpmw = mi->maxIconWidth;
             int tabSpacing = 20;
             if (mi->text.contains(QLatin1Char('\t')))
                 w += tabSpacing;
             else if (mi->menuItemType == QStyleOptionMenuItem::SubMenu)
-                w += 2 * windowsArrowHMargin;
+                w += 2 * QWindowsStylePrivate::windowsArrowHMargin;
             else if (mi->menuItemType == QStyleOptionMenuItem::DefaultItem) {
                 // adjust the font and add the difference in size.
                 // it would be better if the font could be adjusted in the initStyleOption qmenu func!!
@@ -3220,9 +3217,9 @@ QSize QWindowsStyle::sizeFromContents(ContentsType ct, const QStyleOption *opt,
                 w += fmBold.width(mi->text) - fm.width(mi->text);
             }
 
-            int checkcol = qMax(maxpmw, windowsCheckMarkWidth); // Windows always shows a check column
+            int checkcol = qMax<int>(maxpmw, QWindowsStylePrivate::windowsCheckMarkWidth); // Windows always shows a check column
             w += checkcol;
-            w += windowsRightBorder + 10;
+            w += QWindowsStylePrivate::windowsRightBorder + 10;
             sz.setWidth(w);
         }
         break;
@@ -3230,7 +3227,7 @@ QSize QWindowsStyle::sizeFromContents(ContentsType ct, const QStyleOption *opt,
 #ifndef QT_NO_MENUBAR
     case CT_MenuBarItem:
         if (!sz.isEmpty())
-            sz += QSize(windowsItemHMargin * 4, windowsItemVMargin * 2);
+            sz += QSize(QWindowsStylePrivate::windowsItemHMargin * 4, QWindowsStylePrivate::windowsItemVMargin * 2);
         break;
 #endif
                 // Otherwise, fall through
diff --git a/src/gui/styles/qwindowsstyle_p.h b/src/gui/styles/qwindowsstyle_p.h
index fb84dce..d81c82b 100644
--- a/src/gui/styles/qwindowsstyle_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/styles/qwindowsstyle_p.h
@@ -87,7 +87,17 @@ public:
     QColor activeGradientCaptionColor;
     QColor inactiveCaptionColor;
     QColor inactiveGradientCaptionColor;
+
+    enum {
+        windowsItemFrame        =  2, // menu item frame width
+        windowsSepHeight        =  9, // separator item height
+        windowsItemHMargin      =  3, // menu item hor text margin
+        windowsItemVMargin      =  2, // menu item ver text margin
+        windowsArrowHMargin     =  6, // arrow horizontal margin
+        windowsRightBorder      = 15, // right border on windows
+        windowsCheckMarkWidth   = 12  // checkmarks width on windows
     };
+};
 
 QT_END_NAMESPACE
 
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qcssparser.cpp b/src/gui/text/qcssparser.cpp
index 6db86bd..93b9fc6 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qcssparser.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/text/qcssparser.cpp
@@ -1129,19 +1129,22 @@ static bool setFontWeightFromValue(const Value &value, QFont *font)
 static bool setFontFamilyFromValues(const QVector<Value> &values, QFont *font, int start = 0)
 {
     QString family;
+    bool shouldAddSpace = false;
     for (int i = start; i < values.count(); ++i) {
         const Value &v = values.at(i);
         if (v.type == Value::TermOperatorComma) {
             family += QLatin1Char(',');
+            shouldAddSpace = false;
             continue;
         }
         const QString str = v.variant.toString();
         if (str.isEmpty())
             break;
+        if (shouldAddSpace)
+            family += QLatin1Char(' ');
         family += str;
-        family += QLatin1Char(' ');
+        shouldAddSpace = true;
     }
-    family = family.simplified();
     if (family.isEmpty())
         return false;
     font->setFamily(family);
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qfont_s60.cpp b/src/gui/text/qfont_s60.cpp
index 277d88f..0375fdb 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qfont_s60.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/text/qfont_s60.cpp
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 ** All rights reserved.
 ** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
-** This file is part of the QtGui of the Qt Toolkit.
+** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
 ** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
 ** No Commercial Usage
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qfontdatabase_s60.cpp b/src/gui/text/qfontdatabase_s60.cpp
index 1a6bb11..808dca6 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qfontdatabase_s60.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/text/qfontdatabase_s60.cpp
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 ** All rights reserved.
 ** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
-** This file is part of the QtGui of the Qt Toolkit.
+** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
 ** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
 ** No Commercial Usage
@@ -136,6 +136,23 @@ QFontDatabaseS60StoreImplementation::~QFontDatabaseS60StoreImplementation()
     m_heap->Close();
 }
 
+#ifndef FNTSTORE_H_INLINES_SUPPORT_FMM
+/*
+ Workaround: fntstore.h has an inlined function 'COpenFont* CBitmapFont::OpenFont()'
+ that returns a private data member. The header will change between SDKs. But Qt has
+ to build on any SDK version and run on other versions of Symbian OS.
+ This function performs the needed pointer arithmetic to get the right COpenFont*
+*/
+COpenFont* OpenFontFromBitmapFont(const CBitmapFont* aBitmapFont)
+{
+    const TInt offsetIOpenFont = 92; // '_FOFF(CBitmapFont, iOpenFont)' ..if iOpenFont weren't private
+    const TUint valueIOpenFont = *(TUint*)PtrAdd(aBitmapFont, offsetIOpenFont);
+    return (valueIOpenFont & 1) ?
+            (COpenFont*)PtrAdd(aBitmapFont, valueIOpenFont & ~1) : // New behavior: iOpenFont is offset
+            (COpenFont*)valueIOpenFont; // Old behavior: iOpenFont is pointer
+}
+#endif // FNTSTORE_H_INLINES_SUPPORT_FMM
+
 const QFontEngineS60Extensions *QFontDatabaseS60StoreImplementation::extension(const QString &typeface) const
 {
     if (!m_extensions.contains(typeface)) {
@@ -144,8 +161,14 @@ const QFontEngineS60Extensions *QFontDatabaseS60StoreImplementation::extension(c
         spec.iHeight = 1;
         const TInt err = m_store->GetNearestFontToDesignHeightInPixels(font, spec);
         Q_ASSERT(err == KErrNone && font);
-        CBitmapFont *bitmapFont = static_cast<CBitmapFont*>(font);
-        m_extensions.insert(typeface, new QFontEngineS60Extensions(font, bitmapFont->OpenFont()));
+        const CBitmapFont *bitmapFont = static_cast<CBitmapFont*>(font);
+        COpenFont *openFont =
+#ifdef FNTSTORE_H_INLINES_SUPPORT_FMM
+            bitmapFont->openFont();
+#else
+            OpenFontFromBitmapFont(bitmapFont);
+#endif // FNTSTORE_H_INLINES_SUPPORT_FMM
+        m_extensions.insert(typeface, new QFontEngineS60Extensions(font, openFont));
     }
     return m_extensions.value(typeface);
 }
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qfontengine_qpf.cpp b/src/gui/text/qfontengine_qpf.cpp
index 94974fc..f978bd8 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qfontengine_qpf.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/text/qfontengine_qpf.cpp
@@ -938,7 +938,7 @@ void QFontEngineQPF::loadGlyph(glyph_t glyph)
     g.advance = qRound(metrics.xoff);
 
     QT_WRITE(fd, &g, sizeof(g));
-    QT_WRITE(fd, img.bits(), img.numBytes());
+    QT_WRITE(fd, img.bits(), img.byteCount());
 
     glyphPos = oldSize - glyphDataOffset;
 #if 0 && defined(DEBUG_FONTENGINE)
@@ -948,7 +948,7 @@ void QFontEngineQPF::loadGlyph(glyph_t glyph)
     quint32 *gmap = (quint32 *)(fontData + glyphMapOffset);
     gmap[glyph] = qToBigEndian(glyphPos);
 
-    glyphDataSize = glyphPos + sizeof(g) + img.numBytes();
+    glyphDataSize = glyphPos + sizeof(g) + img.byteCount();
     quint32 *blockSizePtr = (quint32 *)(fontData + glyphDataOffset - 4);
     *blockSizePtr = qToBigEndian(glyphDataSize);
 }
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qfontengine_s60.cpp b/src/gui/text/qfontengine_s60.cpp
index 88ae8f6..e279ad2 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qfontengine_s60.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/text/qfontengine_s60.cpp
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 ** All rights reserved.
 ** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
-** This file is part of the QtGui of the Qt Toolkit.
+** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
 ** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
 ** No Commercial Usage
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qfontengine_s60_p.h b/src/gui/text/qfontengine_s60_p.h
index 44f8122..9e22245 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qfontengine_s60_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/text/qfontengine_s60_p.h
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 ** All rights reserved.
 ** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
-** This file is part of the QtGui of the Qt Toolkit.
+** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
 ** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
 ** No Commercial Usage
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qtextcontrol.cpp b/src/gui/text/qtextcontrol.cpp
index e96d445..be79773 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qtextcontrol.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/text/qtextcontrol.cpp
@@ -919,7 +919,7 @@ void QTextControl::processEvent(QEvent *e, const QMatrix &matrix, QWidget *conte
             break;
         case QEvent::MouseButtonPress: {
             QMouseEvent *ev = static_cast<QMouseEvent *>(e);
-            d->mousePressEvent(ev->button(), matrix.map(ev->pos()), ev->modifiers(),
+            d->mousePressEvent(ev, ev->button(), matrix.map(ev->pos()), ev->modifiers(),
                                ev->buttons(), ev->globalPos());
             break; }
         case QEvent::MouseMove: {
@@ -987,7 +987,7 @@ void QTextControl::processEvent(QEvent *e, const QMatrix &matrix, QWidget *conte
 #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
         case QEvent::GraphicsSceneMousePress: {
             QGraphicsSceneMouseEvent *ev = static_cast<QGraphicsSceneMouseEvent *>(e);
-            d->mousePressEvent(ev->button(), matrix.map(ev->pos()), ev->modifiers(), ev->buttons(),
+            d->mousePressEvent(ev, ev->button(), matrix.map(ev->pos()), ev->modifiers(), ev->buttons(),
                                ev->screenPos());
             break; }
         case QEvent::GraphicsSceneMouseMove: {
@@ -1304,7 +1304,9 @@ QVariant QTextControl::loadResource(int type, const QUrl &name)
 void QTextControlPrivate::_q_updateBlock(const QTextBlock &block)
 {
     Q_Q(QTextControl);
-    emit q->updateRequest(q->blockBoundingRect(block));
+    QRectF br = q->blockBoundingRect(block);
+    br.setRight(qreal(INT_MAX)); // the block might have shrunk
+    emit q->updateRequest(br);
 }
 
 QRectF QTextControlPrivate::rectForPosition(int position) const
@@ -1473,7 +1475,7 @@ QRectF QTextControl::selectionRect() const
     return selectionRect(d->cursor);
 }
 
-void QTextControlPrivate::mousePressEvent(Qt::MouseButton button, const QPointF &pos, Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers,
+void QTextControlPrivate::mousePressEvent(QEvent *e, Qt::MouseButton button, const QPointF &pos, Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers,
                                           Qt::MouseButtons buttons, const QPoint &globalPos)
 {
     Q_Q(QTextControl);
@@ -1487,11 +1489,11 @@ void QTextControlPrivate::mousePressEvent(Qt::MouseButton button, const QPointF
             cursor.clearSelection();
         }
     }
-    if (!(button & Qt::LeftButton))
-        return;
-
-    if (!((interactionFlags & Qt::TextSelectableByMouse) || (interactionFlags & Qt::TextEditable)))
-        return;
+    if (!(button & Qt::LeftButton) ||
+        !((interactionFlags & Qt::TextSelectableByMouse) || (interactionFlags & Qt::TextEditable))) {
+            e->ignore();
+            return;
+    }
 
     cursorIsFocusIndicator = false;
     const QTextCursor oldSelection = cursor;
@@ -1515,8 +1517,10 @@ void QTextControlPrivate::mousePressEvent(Qt::MouseButton button, const QPointF
         trippleClickTimer.stop();
     } else {
         int cursorPos = q->hitTest(pos, Qt::FuzzyHit);
-        if (cursorPos == -1)
+        if (cursorPos == -1) {
+            e->ignore();
             return;
+        }
 
 #if !defined(QT_NO_IM)
         QTextLayout *layout = cursor.block().layout();
@@ -1527,8 +1531,10 @@ void QTextControlPrivate::mousePressEvent(Qt::MouseButton button, const QPointF
                                button, buttons, modifiers);
                 ctx->mouseHandler(cursorPos - cursor.position(), &ev);
             }
-            if (!layout->preeditAreaText().isEmpty())
+            if (!layout->preeditAreaText().isEmpty()) {
+                e->ignore();
                 return;
+            }
         }
 #endif
         if (modifiers == Qt::ShiftModifier) {
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qtextcontrol_p_p.h b/src/gui/text/qtextcontrol_p_p.h
index af3b521..c230512 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qtextcontrol_p_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/text/qtextcontrol_p_p.h
@@ -131,10 +131,10 @@ public:
     QString anchorForCursor(const QTextCursor &anchor) const;
 
     void keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent *e);
-    void mousePressEvent(Qt::MouseButton button, const QPointF &pos,
+    void mousePressEvent(QEvent *e, Qt::MouseButton button, const QPointF &pos,
                          Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers,
                          Qt::MouseButtons buttons,
-                         const QPoint &globalPos = QPoint());
+                         const QPoint &globalPos);
     void mouseMoveEvent(Qt::MouseButtons buttons, const QPointF &pos);
     void mouseReleaseEvent(Qt::MouseButton button, const QPointF &pos);
     void mouseDoubleClickEvent(QEvent *e, Qt::MouseButton button, const QPointF &pos);
diff --git a/src/gui/util/qdesktopservices_s60.cpp b/src/gui/util/qdesktopservices_s60.cpp
index fd06cf3..1890d56 100644
--- a/src/gui/util/qdesktopservices_s60.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/util/qdesktopservices_s60.cpp
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 ** All rights reserved.
 ** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
-** This file is part of the QtGui of the Qt Toolkit.
+** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
 ** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
 ** No Commercial Usage
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qabstractscrollarea.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qabstractscrollarea.cpp
index 7d81d5a..b0d0baf 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qabstractscrollarea.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qabstractscrollarea.cpp
@@ -51,6 +51,7 @@
 #include "qdebug.h"
 #include "qboxlayout.h"
 #include "qpainter.h"
+#include "qmargins.h"
 
 #include "qabstractscrollarea_p.h"
 #include <qwidget.h>
@@ -868,6 +869,22 @@ void QAbstractScrollArea::setViewportMargins(int left, int top, int right, int b
 }
 
 /*!
+    \since 4.6
+    Sets \a margins around the scrolling area. This is useful for
+    applications such as spreadsheets with "locked" rows and columns.
+    The marginal space is is left blank; put widgets in the unused
+    area.
+
+    By default all margins are zero.
+
+*/
+void QAbstractScrollArea::setViewportMargins(const QMargins &margins)
+{
+    setViewportMargins(margins.left(), margins.top(),
+                       margins.right(), margins.bottom());
+}
+
+/*!
     \fn bool QAbstractScrollArea::event(QEvent *event)
 
     \reimp
@@ -946,7 +963,7 @@ bool QAbstractScrollArea::event(QEvent *e)
         if (g) {
             QScrollBar *hBar = horizontalScrollBar();
             QScrollBar *vBar = verticalScrollBar();
-            QPointF delta = g->lastOffset();
+            QPointF delta = g->delta();
             if (!delta.isNull()) {
                 if (QApplication::isRightToLeft())
                     delta.rx() *= -1;
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qabstractscrollarea.h b/src/gui/widgets/qabstractscrollarea.h
index b3a1861..18d1e96 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qabstractscrollarea.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qabstractscrollarea.h
@@ -52,6 +52,7 @@ QT_MODULE(Gui)
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_SCROLLAREA
 
+class QMargins;
 class QScrollBar;
 class QAbstractScrollAreaPrivate;
 
@@ -95,6 +96,7 @@ protected Q_SLOTS:
 protected:
     QAbstractScrollArea(QAbstractScrollAreaPrivate &dd, QWidget *parent = 0);
     void setViewportMargins(int left, int top, int right, int bottom);
+    void setViewportMargins(const QMargins &margins);
 
     bool event(QEvent *);
     virtual bool viewportEvent(QEvent *);
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qcombobox.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qcombobox.cpp
index 1879db4..bd1d8ba 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qcombobox.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qcombobox.cpp
@@ -1111,6 +1111,32 @@ void QComboBoxPrivate::updateLineEditGeometry()
     lineEdit->setGeometry(editRect);
 }
 
+Qt::MatchFlags QComboBoxPrivate::matchFlags() const
+{
+    // Base how duplicates are determined on the autocompletion case sensitivity
+    Qt::MatchFlags flags = Qt::MatchFixedString;
+#ifndef QT_NO_COMPLETER
+    if (!lineEdit->completer() || lineEdit->completer()->caseSensitivity() == Qt::CaseSensitive)
+#endif
+        flags |= Qt::MatchCaseSensitive;
+    return flags;
+}
+
+
+void QComboBoxPrivate::_q_editingFinished()
+{
+    Q_Q(QComboBox);
+    if (lineEdit && !lineEdit->text().isEmpty()) {
+        //here we just check if the current item was entered
+        const int index = q_func()->findText(lineEdit->text(), matchFlags());
+        if (index != -1 && itemText(currentIndex) != lineEdit->text()) {
+            q->setCurrentIndex(index);
+            emitActivated(currentIndex);
+        }
+    }
+
+}
+
 void QComboBoxPrivate::_q_returnPressed()
 {
     Q_Q(QComboBox);
@@ -1123,13 +1149,7 @@ void QComboBoxPrivate::_q_returnPressed()
         // check for duplicates (if not enabled) and quit
         int index = -1;
         if (!duplicatesEnabled) {
-            // Base how duplicates are determined on the autocompletion case sensitivity
-            Qt::MatchFlags flags = Qt::MatchFixedString;
-#ifndef QT_NO_COMPLETER
-            if (!lineEdit->completer() || lineEdit->completer()->caseSensitivity() == Qt::CaseSensitive)
-#endif
-                flags |= Qt::MatchCaseSensitive;
-            index = q->findText(text, flags);
+            index = q->findText(text, matchFlags());
             if (index != -1) {
                 q->setCurrentIndex(index);
                 emitActivated(currentIndex);
@@ -1664,6 +1684,7 @@ void QComboBox::setLineEdit(QLineEdit *edit)
     if (d->lineEdit->parent() != this)
         d->lineEdit->setParent(this);
     connect(d->lineEdit, SIGNAL(returnPressed()), this, SLOT(_q_returnPressed()));
+    connect(d->lineEdit, SIGNAL(editingFinished()), this, SLOT(_q_editingFinished()));
     connect(d->lineEdit, SIGNAL(textChanged(QString)), this, SIGNAL(editTextChanged(QString)));
 #ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
     connect(d->lineEdit, SIGNAL(textChanged(QString)), this, SIGNAL(textChanged(QString)));
@@ -1960,7 +1981,7 @@ void QComboBoxPrivate::setCurrentIndex(const QModelIndex &mi)
     if (lineEdit) {
         QString newText = q->itemText(currentIndex.row());
         if (lineEdit->text() != newText)
-            lineEdit->setText(q->itemText(currentIndex.row()));
+            lineEdit->setText(newText);
         updateLineEditGeometry();
     }
     if (indexChanged) {
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qcombobox.h b/src/gui/widgets/qcombobox.h
index 0652594..5d5ea21 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qcombobox.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qcombobox.h
@@ -304,6 +304,7 @@ private:
     Q_PRIVATE_SLOT(d_func(), void _q_itemSelected(const QModelIndex &item))
     Q_PRIVATE_SLOT(d_func(), void _q_emitHighlighted(const QModelIndex &))
     Q_PRIVATE_SLOT(d_func(), void _q_emitCurrentIndexChanged(const QModelIndex &index))
+    Q_PRIVATE_SLOT(d_func(), void _q_editingFinished())
     Q_PRIVATE_SLOT(d_func(), void _q_returnPressed())
     Q_PRIVATE_SLOT(d_func(), void _q_resetButton())
     Q_PRIVATE_SLOT(d_func(), void _q_dataChanged(const QModelIndex &, const QModelIndex &))
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qcombobox_p.h b/src/gui/widgets/qcombobox_p.h
index fe42c47..f6ba57c 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qcombobox_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qcombobox_p.h
@@ -342,6 +342,8 @@ public:
     void init();
     QComboBoxPrivateContainer* viewContainer();
     void updateLineEditGeometry();
+    Qt::MatchFlags matchFlags() const;
+    void _q_editingFinished();
     void _q_returnPressed();
     void _q_complete();
     void _q_itemSelected(const QModelIndex &item);
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qlcdnumber.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qlcdnumber.cpp
index 9f9e353..69c52cf 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qlcdnumber.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qlcdnumber.cpp
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ public:
     decimal point with setSmallDecimalPoint().
 
     QLCDNumber emits the overflow() signal when it is asked to display
-    something beyond its range. The range is set by setNumDigits(),
+    something beyond its range. The range is set by setDigitCount(),
     but setSmallDecimalPoint() also influences it. If the display is
     set to hexadecimal, octal or binary, the integer equivalent of the
     value is displayed.
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ public:
     This signal is emitted whenever the QLCDNumber is asked to display
     a too-large number or a too-long string.
 
-    It is never emitted by setNumDigits().
+    It is never emitted by setDigitCount().
 */
 
 
@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ static const char *getSegments(char ch)               // gets list of segments f
     The \a parent and \a name arguments are passed to the QFrame
     constructor.
 
-    \sa setNumDigits(), setSmallDecimalPoint()
+    \sa setDigitCount(), setSmallDecimalPoint()
 */
 
 QLCDNumber::QLCDNumber(QWidget *parent, const char *name)
@@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ QLCDNumber::QLCDNumber(QWidget *parent, const char *name)
     The \a parent and \a name arguments are passed to the QFrame
     constructor.
 
-    \sa setNumDigits(), setSmallDecimalPoint()
+    \sa setDigitCount(), setSmallDecimalPoint()
 */
 
 QLCDNumber::QLCDNumber(uint numDigits, QWidget *parent, const char *name)
@@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ QLCDNumber::QLCDNumber(uint numDigits, QWidget *parent, const char *name)
 
     The \a parent argument is passed to the QFrame constructor.
 
-    \sa setNumDigits(), setSmallDecimalPoint()
+    \sa setDigitCount(), setSmallDecimalPoint()
 */
 
 QLCDNumber::QLCDNumber(QWidget *parent)
@@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ QLCDNumber::QLCDNumber(QWidget *parent)
 
     The \a parent argument is passed to the QFrame constructor.
 
-    \sa setNumDigits(), setSmallDecimalPoint()
+    \sa setDigitCount(), setSmallDecimalPoint()
 */
 
 QLCDNumber::QLCDNumber(uint numDigits, QWidget *parent)
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ void QLCDNumberPrivate::init()
     val        = 0;
     base       = QLCDNumber::Dec;
     smallPoint = false;
-    q->setNumDigits(ndigits);
+    q->setDigitCount(ndigits);
     q->setSegmentStyle(QLCDNumber::Filled);
     q->setSizePolicy(QSizePolicy(QSizePolicy::Minimum, QSizePolicy::Minimum));
 }
@@ -441,8 +441,21 @@ QLCDNumber::~QLCDNumber()
 
 
 /*!
+    \deprecated
     \property QLCDNumber::numDigits
     \brief the current number of digits displayed
+    \sa digitCount
+*/
+
+void QLCDNumber::setNumDigits(int numDigits)
+{
+    setDigitCount(numDigits);
+}
+
+/*!
+    \since 4.6
+    \property QLCDNumber::digitCount
+    \brief the current number of digits displayed
 
     Corresponds to the current number of digits. If \l
     QLCDNumber::smallDecimalPoint is false, the decimal point occupies
@@ -453,7 +466,11 @@ QLCDNumber::~QLCDNumber()
     \sa smallDecimalPoint
 */
 
-void QLCDNumber::setNumDigits(int numDigits)
+/*!
+  Sets the current number of digits to \a numDigits. Must
+  be in the range 0..99.
+ */
+void QLCDNumber::setDigitCount(int numDigits)
 {
     Q_D(QLCDNumber);
     if (numDigits > 99) {
@@ -470,7 +487,7 @@ void QLCDNumber::setNumDigits(int numDigits)
         d->ndigits = numDigits;
         d->digitStr.fill(QLatin1Char(' '), d->ndigits);
         d->points.fill(0, d->ndigits);
-        d->digitStr[d->ndigits - 1] = QLatin1Char('0');            // "0" is the default number
+        d->digitStr[d->ndigits - 1] = QLatin1Char('0'); // "0" is the default number
     } else {
         bool doDisplay = d->ndigits == 0;
         if (numDigits == d->ndigits)             // no change
@@ -509,12 +526,21 @@ int QLCDNumber::numDigits() const
 }
 
 /*!
+  Returns the current number of digits.
+ */
+int QLCDNumber::digitCount() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QLCDNumber);
+    return d->ndigits;
+}
+
+/*!
     \overload
 
     Returns true if \a num is too big to be displayed in its entirety;
     otherwise returns false.
 
-    \sa display(), numDigits(), smallDecimalPoint()
+    \sa display(), digitCount(), smallDecimalPoint()
 */
 
 bool QLCDNumber::checkOverflow(int num) const
@@ -530,7 +556,7 @@ bool QLCDNumber::checkOverflow(int num) const
     Returns true if \a num is too big to be displayed in its entirety;
     otherwise returns false.
 
-    \sa display(), numDigits(), smallDecimalPoint()
+    \sa display(), digitCount(), smallDecimalPoint()
 */
 
 bool QLCDNumber::checkOverflow(double num) const
@@ -1256,7 +1282,7 @@ QLCDNumber::SegmentStyle QLCDNumber::segmentStyle() const
 */
 QSize QLCDNumber::sizeHint() const
 {
-    return QSize(10 + 9 * (numDigits() + (smallDecimalPoint() ? 0 : 1)), 23);
+    return QSize(10 + 9 * (digitCount() + (smallDecimalPoint() ? 0 : 1)), 23);
 }
 
 /*! \reimp */
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qlcdnumber.h b/src/gui/widgets/qlcdnumber.h
index 9753f31..e65637d 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qlcdnumber.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qlcdnumber.h
@@ -60,6 +60,7 @@ class Q_GUI_EXPORT QLCDNumber : public QFrame // LCD number widget
     Q_ENUMS(Mode SegmentStyle)
     Q_PROPERTY(bool smallDecimalPoint READ smallDecimalPoint WRITE setSmallDecimalPoint)
     Q_PROPERTY(int numDigits READ numDigits WRITE setNumDigits)
+    Q_PROPERTY(int digitCount READ digitCount WRITE setDigitCount)
     Q_PROPERTY(Mode mode READ mode WRITE setMode)
     Q_PROPERTY(SegmentStyle segmentStyle READ segmentStyle WRITE setSegmentStyle)
     Q_PROPERTY(double value READ value WRITE display)
@@ -82,8 +83,10 @@ public:
 
     bool smallDecimalPoint() const;
 
-    int numDigits() const;
-    void setNumDigits(int nDigits);
+    QT_DEPRECATED int numDigits() const;
+    QT_DEPRECATED void setNumDigits(int nDigits);
+    int digitCount() const;
+    void setDigitCount(int nDigits);
 
     bool checkOverflow(double num) const;
     bool checkOverflow(int num) const;
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qlinecontrol.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qlinecontrol.cpp
index 0fc94c9..2914164 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qlinecontrol.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qlinecontrol.cpp
@@ -1511,6 +1511,18 @@ void QLineControl::processKeyEvent(QKeyEvent* event)
     }
 #endif // QT_NO_COMPLETER
 
+    if (event->key() == Qt::Key_Enter || event->key() == Qt::Key_Return) {
+        if (hasAcceptableInput() || fixup()) {
+            emit accepted();
+            emit editingFinished();
+        }
+        if (inlineCompletionAccepted)
+            event->accept();
+        else
+            event->ignore();
+        return;
+    }
+
     if (echoMode() == QLineEdit::PasswordEchoOnEdit
         && !passwordEchoEditing()
         && !isReadOnly()
@@ -1531,17 +1543,6 @@ void QLineControl::processKeyEvent(QKeyEvent* event)
         clear();
     }
 
-    if (event->key() == Qt::Key_Enter || event->key() == Qt::Key_Return) {
-        if (hasAcceptableInput() || fixup()) {
-            emit accepted();
-            emit editingFinished();
-        }
-        if (inlineCompletionAccepted)
-            event->accept();
-        else
-            event->ignore();
-        return;
-    }
     bool unknown = false;
 
     if (false) {
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qlineedit.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qlineedit.cpp
index e4252b5..f5dbe1c 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qlineedit.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qlineedit.cpp
@@ -1102,6 +1102,17 @@ void QLineEdit::setTextMargins(int left, int top, int right, int bottom)
 }
 
 /*!
+    \since 4.6
+    Sets the \a margins around the text inside the frame.
+
+    See also textMargins().
+*/
+void QLineEdit::setTextMargins(const QMargins &margins)
+{
+    setTextMargins(margins.left(), margins.top(), margins.right(), margins.bottom());
+}
+
+/*!
     Returns the widget's text margins for \a left, \a top, \a right, and \a bottom.
     \since 4.5
 
@@ -1121,6 +1132,18 @@ void QLineEdit::getTextMargins(int *left, int *top, int *right, int *bottom) con
 }
 
 /*!
+    \since 4.6
+    Returns the widget's text margins.
+
+    \sa setTextMargins()
+*/
+QMargins QLineEdit::textMargins() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QLineEdit);
+    return QMargins(d->leftTextMargin, d->topTextMargin, d->rightTextMargin, d->bottomTextMargin);
+}
+
+/*!
     \property QLineEdit::inputMask
     \brief The validation input mask
 
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qlineedit.h b/src/gui/widgets/qlineedit.h
index 214509a..ac918c7 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qlineedit.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qlineedit.h
@@ -44,6 +44,7 @@
 
 #include <QtGui/qframe.h>
 #include <QtCore/qstring.h>
+#include <QtCore/qmargins.h>
 
 QT_BEGIN_HEADER
 
@@ -158,7 +159,9 @@ public:
     bool hasAcceptableInput() const;
 
     void setTextMargins(int left, int top, int right, int bottom);
+    void setTextMargins(const QMargins &margins);
     void getTextMargins(int *left, int *top, int *right, int *bottom) const;
+    QMargins textMargins() const;
 
 public Q_SLOTS:
     void setText(const QString &);
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qmenu.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qmenu.cpp
index 1b5d1cd..cc39b7f 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qmenu.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qmenu.cpp
@@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ void QMenuPrivate::updateActionRects() const
 
     for (int i = 0; i < actions.count(); ++i) {
         QAction *action = actions.at(i);
-        if (action->isSeparator() || !action->isVisible() || widgetItems.at(i))
+        if (action->isSeparator() || !action->isVisible() || widgetItems.contains(action))
             continue;
         //..and some members
         hasCheckableItems |= action->isCheckable();
@@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ void QMenuPrivate::updateActionRects() const
         const QFontMetrics &fm = opt.fontMetrics;
 
         QSize sz;
-        if (QWidget *w = widgetItems.at(i)) {
+        if (QWidget *w = widgetItems.value(action)) {
           sz = w->sizeHint().expandedTo(w->minimumSize()).expandedTo(w->minimumSizeHint()).boundedTo(w->maximumSize());
         } else {
             //calc what I think the size is..
@@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ void QMenuPrivate::updateActionRects() const
         rect.setWidth(max_column_width); //uniform width
 
         //we need to update the widgets geometry
-        if (QWidget *widget = widgetItems.at(i)) {
+        if (QWidget *widget = widgetItems.value(actions.at(i))) {
             widget->setGeometry(rect);
             widget->setVisible(actions.at(i)->isVisible());
         }
@@ -583,8 +583,7 @@ void QMenuPrivate::setCurrentAction(QAction *action, int popup, SelectionReason
             q->update(actionRect(action));
 
             if (reason == SelectedFromKeyboard) {
-                const int actionIndex = actions.indexOf(action);
-                QWidget *widget = widgetItems.at(actionIndex);
+                QWidget *widget = widgetItems.value(action);
                 if (widget) {
                     if (widget->focusPolicy() != Qt::NoFocus)
                         widget->setFocus(Qt::TabFocusReason);
@@ -800,7 +799,7 @@ void QMenuPrivate::scrollMenu(QAction *action, QMenuScroller::ScrollLocation loc
             current.moveTop(current.top() + delta);
 
             //we need to update the widgets geometry
-            if (QWidget *w = widgetItems.at(i))
+            if (QWidget *w = widgetItems.value(actions.at(i)))
                 w->setGeometry(current);
         }
     }
@@ -1392,11 +1391,12 @@ QMenu::QMenu(QMenuPrivate &dd, QWidget *parent)
 QMenu::~QMenu()
 {
     Q_D(QMenu);
-    for (int i = 0; i < d->widgetItems.count(); ++i) {
-        if (QWidget *widget = d->widgetItems.at(i)) {
-            QWidgetAction *action = static_cast<QWidgetAction *>(d->actions.at(i));
+    QHash<QAction *, QWidget *>::iterator it = d->widgetItems.begin();
+    for (; it != d->widgetItems.end(); ++it) {
+        if (QWidget *widget = it.value()) {
+            QWidgetAction *action = static_cast<QWidgetAction *>(it.key());
             action->releaseWidget(widget);
-            d->widgetItems[i] = 0;
+            *it = 0;
         }
     }
 
@@ -1878,9 +1878,11 @@ void QMenu::popup(const QPoint &p, QAction *atAction)
             if(snapToMouse) //position flowing left from the mouse
                 pos.setX(mouse.x()-size.width());
 
+#ifndef QT_NO_MENUBAR
             //if in a menubar, it should be right-aligned
             if (qobject_cast<QMenuBar*>(d->causedPopup.widget))
                 pos.rx() -= size.width();
+#endif //QT_NO_MENUBAR
 
             if (pos.x() < screen.left()+desktopFrame)
                 pos.setX(qMax(p.x(), screen.left()+desktopFrame));
@@ -2151,7 +2153,7 @@ void QMenu::paintEvent(QPaintEvent *e)
         QAction *action = d->actions.at(i);
         QRect adjustedActionRect = d->actionRects.at(i);
         if (!e->rect().intersects(adjustedActionRect)
-            || d->widgetItems.at(i))
+            || d->widgetItems.value(action))
            continue;
         //set the clip region to be extra safe (and adjust for the scrollers)
         QRegion adjustedActionReg(adjustedActionRect);
@@ -2862,25 +2864,20 @@ void QMenu::actionEvent(QActionEvent *e)
             connect(e->action(), SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(_q_actionTriggered()));
             connect(e->action(), SIGNAL(hovered()), this, SLOT(_q_actionHovered()));
         }
-        QWidget *widget = 0;
-        if (QWidgetAction *wa = qobject_cast<QWidgetAction *>(e->action()))
-            widget = wa->requestWidget(this);
-
-        int index = d->actions.indexOf(e->action());
-        Q_ASSERT(index != -1);
-        d->widgetItems.insert(index, widget);
-
+        if (QWidgetAction *wa = qobject_cast<QWidgetAction *>(e->action())) {
+            QWidget *widget = wa->requestWidget(this);
+            if (widget)
+                d->widgetItems.insert(wa, widget);
+        }
     } else if (e->type() == QEvent::ActionRemoved) {
         e->action()->disconnect(this);
         if (e->action() == d->currentAction)
             d->currentAction = 0;
-        int index = d->actions.indexOf(e->before()) + 1;
         if (QWidgetAction *wa = qobject_cast<QWidgetAction *>(e->action())) {
-            if (QWidget *widget = d->widgetItems.at(index))
+            if (QWidget *widget = d->widgetItems.value(wa))
                 wa->releaseWidget(widget);
         }
-        Q_ASSERT(index != -1);
-        d->widgetItems.removeAt(index);
+        d->widgetItems.remove(e->action());
     }
 
 #ifdef Q_WS_MAC
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qmenu_mac.mm b/src/gui/widgets/qmenu_mac.mm
index b238faf..9510cc6 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qmenu_mac.mm
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qmenu_mac.mm
@@ -1191,7 +1191,7 @@ QMenuPrivate::QMacMenuPrivate::addAction(QMacMenuAction *action, QMacMenuAction
 #endif
         }
 
-        QWidget *widget = qmenu ? qmenu->widgetItems.value(qmenu->actions.indexOf(action->action)) : 0;
+        QWidget *widget = qmenu ? qmenu->widgetItems.value(action->action) : 0;
         if (widget) {
 #ifndef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
             ChangeMenuAttributes(action->menu, kMenuAttrDoNotCacheImage, 0);
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qmenu_p.h b/src/gui/widgets/qmenu_p.h
index 9348f7b..a5bde7c 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qmenu_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qmenu_p.h
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ public:
     QRect actionRect(QAction *) const;
 
     mutable QVector<QRect> actionRects;
-    mutable QWidgetList widgetItems;
+    mutable QHash<QAction *, QWidget *> widgetItems;
     void updateActionRects() const;
     QRect popupGeometry(const QWidget *widget) const;
     QRect popupGeometry(int screen = -1) const;
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qplaintextedit.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qplaintextedit.cpp
index 0de7421..18adc6c 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qplaintextedit.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qplaintextedit.cpp
@@ -1465,7 +1465,7 @@ bool QPlainTextEdit::event(QEvent *e)
                 // QPlainTextEdit scrolls by lines only in vertical direction
                 QFontMetrics fm(document()->defaultFont());
                 int lineHeight = fm.height();
-                int newX = hBar->value() - g->lastOffset().x();
+                int newX = hBar->value() - g->delta().x();
                 int newY = d->originalOffsetY - offset.y()/lineHeight;
                 hBar->setValue(newX);
                 vBar->setValue(newY);
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qprintpreviewwidget.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qprintpreviewwidget.cpp
index d92b1ea..0074c91 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qprintpreviewwidget.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qprintpreviewwidget.cpp
@@ -663,7 +663,9 @@ void QPrintPreviewWidget::setZoomFactor(qreal factor)
 }
 
 /*!
+    \obsolete
     Returns the number of pages in the preview.
+    \sa pageCount()
 */
 int QPrintPreviewWidget::numPages() const
 {
@@ -672,6 +674,16 @@ int QPrintPreviewWidget::numPages() const
 }
 
 /*!
+    \since 4.6
+    Returns the number of pages in the preview.
+*/
+int QPrintPreviewWidget::pageCount() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QPrintPreviewWidget);
+    return d->pages.size();
+}
+
+/*!
     Returns the currently viewed page in the preview.
 */
 int QPrintPreviewWidget::currentPage() const
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qprintpreviewwidget.h b/src/gui/widgets/qprintpreviewwidget.h
index 2823873..08e596d 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qprintpreviewwidget.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qprintpreviewwidget.h
@@ -82,7 +82,8 @@ public:
     ViewMode viewMode() const;
     ZoomMode zoomMode() const;
     int currentPage() const;
-    int numPages() const;
+    QT_DEPRECATED int numPages() const;
+    int pageCount() const;
     void setVisible(bool visible);
 
 public Q_SLOTS:
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qwidgetanimator.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qwidgetanimator.cpp
index bdd3c75..13ee346 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qwidgetanimator.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qwidgetanimator.cpp
@@ -88,8 +88,6 @@ void QWidgetAnimator::animate(QWidget *widget, const QRect &_final_geometry, boo
     const QRect final_geometry = _final_geometry.isValid() || widget->isWindow() ? _final_geometry :
         QRect(QPoint(-500 - widget->width(), -500 - widget->height()), widget->size());
 
-    if (r == final_geometry)
-        return; //the widget is already where it should be
 #ifndef QT_NO_ANIMATION
     AnimationMap::const_iterator it = m_animation_map.constFind(widget);
     if (it != m_animation_map.constEnd() && (*it)->endValue().toRect() == final_geometry)
@@ -116,9 +114,4 @@ bool QWidgetAnimator::animating() const
     return !m_animation_map.isEmpty();
 }
 
-bool QWidgetAnimator::animating(QWidget *widget) const
-{
-    return m_animation_map.contains(widget);
-}
-
 QT_END_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qwidgetanimator_p.h b/src/gui/widgets/qwidgetanimator_p.h
index 68d9344..095380f 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qwidgetanimator_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qwidgetanimator_p.h
@@ -70,7 +70,6 @@ public:
     QWidgetAnimator(QMainWindowLayout *layout);
     void animate(QWidget *widget, const QRect &final_geometry, bool animate);
     bool animating() const;
-    bool animating(QWidget *widget) const;
 
     void abort(QWidget *widget);